Once theyve made
it, rock stars and their narratives are pretty much all the same. They fall out
acrimoniously with the people who got them there in the first place: date
models, travel the world, become fabulously rich and take drugs; endure at
least one grubby contractual dispute; meet lots of people but are routinely
lonely. And then, if they dont die, split up, or crack up, they emerge as
astute businessmen writing songs yearning for the guileless, witless, much less
(of everything) days of before.
Queen were
typical, if not the most typical rock group ever to exist. Their only singular
feature, aside from sheer longevity and an unusual degree of consistency, was
that their front man became the first famous rock star to die of Aids.
There is, however,
in every story of fame, a before and after The after is the model thrown in
the gigantic cake at the album launch party, and the sycophants and apologists
for a life too hectic, too indulgent to even write a note home. We know this life
well. Newspapers and magazines provide habitual bulletins of this extravagance
and recklessness: hes sleeping with her, hes smashed up that hotel, shes
snubbed so-and-so, hes sleeping with him. We know this life too well.
The before life
is far more fascinating. This is where we find the desperation and dedication,
the indignity and indecision. This is where, of the first UK rock generation,
Brian Jones is a bus conductor poncing around jazz clubs talking wearisomely of
his new group. The Rollin Stones; where, of Queens peers, Elton John plays
standards for a pound a night in a London pub, where, of the current rock
protagonists, Morrissey, the renowned ascetic, pesters a friend of mine - two
phone calls and a postcard - to feature an interview with his new band. The
Smiths, in a 12-page photo-copied fanzine.
This is their
secret life and it is the publicists first duty to erase it, or at the very
least relate it selectively. The official promotional biography usually begins
with the first single, everything up until this point is deemed insignificant.
The atrocious early gigs and the hilarious first publicity shots are spirited
away, burned, and the ashes scattered on the moors.
Queen The Early
Years is an examination
of those formative musical days in the lives of the four people who became
Queen. Their childhood and family histories are dealt with concisely; they are
entertainers, not politicians. Moreover, other peoples childhoods, like other
peoples dreams, are often tedious. Instead, the book is a collection of
anecdotes and thoughts of those who knew them mainly in the before life, when
they were real people - unsure, apprehensive, eager, imprudent, dogged - not
yet the cartoons they became. Freddie the camp trouper, Roger the steadfast,
soft-eyed rocker; Brian the match stick guru of the guitar; and John the stoic
technician abashed by the spotlight.
It is a story
which can be told relatively explicitly since it is not encumbered by vested
interests. Its players have nothing to lose, unlike those that came afterwards
who invested money, time, emotion and a career serving Queen. A standard
biography on the group will only ever draw forth a percentage of these, and
since the network around them, trom the fan club to the management, is peculiarly
solicitous, the unexpurgated account will either remain unwritten or suffer
from the dishonour of compromise, much like the existing over-laundered
official biography.
Here then are the
early days of their lives, presented hopefully in the sanguine, ardent and
enthusiastic fashion in which they were lived.
Mark Hodkinson,
June 1995.
Paula Ridings for
your encouragement, support, and love. My parents and grandmother for matching
out for me. Chris Charlesworth for valued suggestions, corrections and deadline
extension. Andrew King for believing in the project. Johnny Rogan, for
Educating Hodkmson, and altruism all too rare in a selfish world.
And, finally the
following who shared a drink, telephone number, house space, book, video, advice
or secret: John Adams, John Baltitude, Peter Bartholomew, Neil Battersby, Peter
Bawden, Ronnie Beck, Mike Bersin, Tony Bramsby, Roger Brokenshaw, Greg Brooks,
Les Brown, Nigel Bullen, Clive Castledine, David Cooper, Kim Cooper, Trevor
Cooper, Dave Dilloway, Michael Dudley, Chris Dummett, Tony Ellis, Rik Evans,
Jeremy Gallop, Dorothy Gill-Carey, Gillian Green, Michael Grime, John Grose,
Vaughan Hankins, Gill Hankins, Bob Harris, Jenny Hayes, Mike Heatley, Sean
Hewitt, Geoff Higgins, Win Hitchens, Ed Howell, Rob Kerford, Fran Leslie, Sam
Lind, Dave Lloyd, Paul Martin, John Matheson, Barry Mitchell, Geoff Moore,
Barbara Morrison, Guy Patrick, Mark Paytress, Richard Penrose, Geoff Pester,
Josephine Ranken, Phil Reed, Mark Reynolds, Bill Richards, Peter Rowan, John
Sanger, Tim Staffell, Carol Stringer, John Stuart, John Taylor, William
Telford, Ken Testi, Nathan Tiller, Richard Thompson, Helen Tonkin, Sarah
Triptree, Joop Visser, Lawrence Webb, Rod Wheatley, Jane Wilderspin, Dave
Williams, Andy Wright, Eileen Wright, Richard Young.
Queen are
everywhere, still; not quite the Coca Cola Company or Ford, but not too far
behind. Freddie Mercury died in November 1991 and the group folded immediately
afterwards, but the cliche is authentic and the legend really does live on. It
endures because we live in the age of the rewind. Digital remastering, video
technology. CDi. CD ROM - no one dies any more, bands no longer split up, the
song goes on forever. We play them, pause them, hold them as our own at that
moment we cherish the most. And. simultaneously, across town, where the housing
estates wash up against the business parks, someone is dreaming of lunch time
or home time as she packs the traditional Queen memorabilia into cardboard
boxes. The records, videos, T-shirts, posters, badges, postcards, bedspreads,
and sew-on patches are set for the lorries and markets. Queen and Freddie
Mercury are as alive as they ever were.
We can, of course,
bequeath to anyone we choose this virtual immortality. At the very least, we
are each of us on a wedding video somewhere or have mumbled into a tape
recorder. Thankfully, there is a natural selection of sorts. Cameras and
cassettes are placed in front of alt pop stars, but not to the same extent as
Queen. In simple terms, they had the songs and knew how to present them, in the
studio and in concert. Their songs, from the Neanderthal pomposity of We Will
Rock You and Hammer To Fall to the outlandish muse of Bohemian Rhapsody
and Killer Queen, were consumed voraciously by the public.
Between March 1974
and December 1992 Queen had forty-one UK Top 40 hits (one of them, Under
Pressure, with David Bowie) and amassed nearly seven years worth of Top 75
chart placings. Only one other group, Status Quo, have had more hits, and they
had a six-year start on Queen, in fact, if the solo hit singles by members of
Queen are added to their overall total, only three artists ~ Cliff Richard,
Elvis Presley and Elton John - have had more UK hits. Queen, of course, also
sold albums, more than 80 million at the last count, and rising.
They were, on the
surface al least, an unlikely force to acquire such widespread adoration.
Fronted by a vainglorious bisexual, their music was schizophrenic; at different
times absurd, choral, linear, funky, far-out, inane, rocking, mawkish or
pulsating. Critics, and few had much regard for Queen save for a grudging
acknowledgement of Freddies stagecraft, claimed Brian May knew just one guitar
solo, while Roger Taylor and John Deacon were supposedly nothing more, and
nothing less, than rock journeymen. And yet few groups, if any, have honed so
many styles of music into gilded hit singles. Their very appeal lay in their
sheer size, and the other world - all glitzy and glamorous - stage side of the
footlights. They were juggernaut rock incarnate, too bulky and brazen to embody
any substantial cultural worth, but unsurpassed as entertainment value. When
Freddie clenched his fist and Roger Taylor pounded the snare, Monday morning,
the rain, the queue at the bus stop, the electricity bill, the smell of the
office or the workshop, they were gone.
The Queen story
routinely begins with Freddie Mercury and the tang of the exotic, of Zanzibar
and the boy from the sun, the dusty street bazaars, the saffron curtains and
drapes across the doorways of whitewashed buildings, a starched colonialist
tradition; a most distinct upbringing, Of course, much of what made Freddie
also defined Queen; without him they were merely a model rock band with a bent
for a commercial tune, but like most stories of remarkable success, the prosaic
qualities of graft, reliability, loyalty and organisation were the cardinal
elements. These were largely Made in England, in Leicestershire, Cornwall, and
Middlesex to be specific.
John who?.
The courteous lady
sitting at her desk in Oadby Library is eager to please.
Was that Dea-kin
or Dea-con?.
She cant help,
but thinks she knows a person who can, possibly. She calls the mam library in
Leicester: they have some books there on Queen, gracious smile. She passes over
a leaflet too, for the Leicestershire Record Office. On its cover is a
photograph of a bearded man holding a magnifying glass. They have some
newspaper cuttings there which might be of use, another gracious smile.
Oadby is six miles
south of Leicester, the last real conurbation before the flat, sodden plains of
green around the belly of England. Crows bicker in damp churchyards, villages
have quaint names like Great Glen and Smeeton Westerby, and tomorrow will
probably be much like today.
The library is a
sunny building situated behind The Parade on the main road winding through the
centre of Oadby, past Threshers. Woohvorths, Boots and the Old Manor Inn where
fine ales have been served for more than 300 years. The library was opened on 1
November 1969 by ohn Peel, not the DJ who gave Queen their first radio session,
but the MP who represented the town in Parliament at that time. Us staff have
heard of Queen, but not John Deacon. In its files only two famous sons of Oadby
are commemorated, both of them felons. George Davenport, a highwayman, and
James Hawker, a poacher. Quite clearly, John Deacon does not have enough colour
or verve to pass muster and make the towns annals. Eventually, a solitary
one-line mention of John is found. This fabulously wealthy, internationally
famous musician has his name on a tiny index card housed in a wooden drawer in
the local studies section. The cards cross-reference to newspaper clippings.
Even here, poor John is allowed
no rightful station. Deacon. John ~ rock musician, April 1974. is placed
between Daynight Electrical Contractors, Trade Boost, 25.2.74 and Deane,
David, Marriage to Pauline Valerie Smith. 15.3.62..
John Richard
Deacon was born on August 19. 1951 at St Francis Private Hospital, London
Road, Leicester to Arthur Henry Deacon and Lillian Molly Deacon. The family
lived at first in the Leicester suburb of Evington where John attended Lindon
Junior School. Oadby, fast becoming a dormitory town for Leicester, was
expanding rapidly in the Fifties, with an extensive network of new redbrick
houses seeping over the countryside. Arthur Deacon had a certain amount of
security with his job at the Norwich Union in Leicester so. in 1960 John and
his younger sister of five years, Julie, moved with their parents to a detached
house in Hidcote Road. Oadby. The road is on the edge of a large estate where
cul-de-sacs and crescents are packed snugly into the available space. The
properties are all strikingly similar, only the names of the streets change - Ash
Tree Road, Brambling Way. Pine Tree Close, Rosemead Drive, rustic names for a
rather monotonous suburbia.
After a short time
at Langmoor Junior School in Oadby, John attended Gartree High School and
Beauchamp [pronounced Beecham] Grammar School, both of them situated on the
same site, just a few minutes walk away from Hidcote Road.
During his time in
Oadby John Deacon wasnt so much quiet, as not really there, more a ghost of a
boy. There was, of course, a physical outline, but even this was magnificently ordinary:
short hair, briefcase, shirt tucked in the trousers, shiny shoes, a courteous
Hello or nod of the head as he passed. He read electronics magazines and
built gadgets out of transistors: fished with his dad on the canal; did his
homework; collected locomotive numbers; tried to please his parents, and no one
noticed him very much.
I dont remember
him doing anything, what a boring character! Theres no point in pretending he
was anything else because he wasnt. I mean, he always seemed very nice, but he
was just a bit quiet. I dont have any remarkable memories of him, says Jenny
Hayes (nee Fewins), exasperated, unable to summon a single anecdote about John
Deacon after an hours thought. And Jenny should know some, she was part of the
gang which spawned John Deacons first musical venture. The Opposition. For a
short period of time, two or three shows at most, she was also the groups
go-go dancer with her friend, Charmiane Cowper.
The clearest
memory I have of him is being in a dressing room and everybody getting changed
after the show and larking about. John never said a word. He never said
anything, never spoke. Ever so strange. He just got on with it, did it. but
youre talking about a completely unremarkable character, said Jenny.
The Opposition
fell together in the summer of 1965, before John had turned fourteen; this
young age may explain his formal, remote manner at the time. They decided on
the name simply because it was easy to remember. They were one of about four
groups thriving in each school year at Beauchamp Grammar School, Leicester,
like the rest of England, was clearly swinging. Fired by the chipper coffee bar
pop of Hermans Hermits, Peter and Gordon, The Hollies, The Rockin Berries,
and. of course. The Beatles and The Rolling Stones, every teenager in the
country had a guitar. Most strummed it a few times and then left it in the
spare room, unable to fathom the re-tuning. Some, like the four members of The
Opposition, saw it as an extension of their friendships and began to practise
regularly.
John Deacon, or
Deaks as he was universally known, would seem an unlikely band member when he
teamed up with his best friend from nearby Rosemead Drive. Nigel Bullen
(drums), along with Richard Young (vocals/lead guitar) and Clive Castledine
(bass). John was quite keen. said Clive Castledme. I was amazed with his
academic background that he stuck with music. He was extremely intelligent and
worked very hard at school. I think he took to learning the guitar in possibly
the same way he looked at education. He was keen and did it properly..
John had been
strumming the acoustic guitar he bought with his early morning paper round
wages since the age of twelve, firstly with a school pal. Roger Ogden, with
whom hed play along to records. He was already proficient when The Opposition
began scratching out covers of The Yardbirds, The Animals and Tamla Motown
classics. Richard Young was the driving force behind the group; rehearsals were
held at his parents and since he was from a fairly wealthy background (his dad
owned an electrical wholesaling business) he loaned the others money to buy
equipment. From the start they each had quality gear: Johns guitar cost
£60 which he promised to pay back to Richard on a weekly basis. Richard
had no qualms about lending the others money, especially John, since he knew
Johns mother would never consider buying him one; she would have seen it as an
impediment to his studies.
The group was
infused with a warm camaraderie. They took a bus ride to Leicester together and
brought back pieces of Nigels kit on the bus and Richard cycled home from
Coxs music store in King Street with a Vox AC30 amp on the handlebars,
unlikely as it may seem. They played for friends at a party at Clive
Castledines house in September 1965 and at a dance at Gartree High School soon
afterwards. Their first authentic public performance was at the Co-operative
Hall in Enderby in December 1965. They soon became regulars at youth clubs in
the villages dotted around Gad by. Their image was clean-cut, usually running
to ties and suits. We werent cool or weird or anything, it was before those
sort of days, said Clive. We had really short hair, it was well before
everyone went hairy and weird..
Unfortunately,
after barely ten months in tenure, it was apparent that dives musicianship was
trailing the others, all of whom were surprisingly adept for their ages. I was
the least proficient, to put it mildly, he recalls. They had to bang the bass
playing into my head. My heart wasnt in it and I wasnt giving it my best by a
long chalk. I was getting outside interests called girls and bikes. Richard
Young would coach Clive painstakingly through his parts, only for him to forget
them on stage and drift out of key. We al! had a good idea about music except
for Clive, says Richard. He was a great chap but he had no idea at all. I
once spent about two hours teaching him one song but hed just play any old
thing on stage. We had to sack htm at the end. Unbeknown to anyone at the
time, Olives inept bass playing was a catalyst in John Deacons journey to
Queen. John had hitherto considered himself a guitarist, but magnanimously
switched to bass to answer The Oppositions call. The moment was recorded in
vivid detail in the band diary, fastidiously kept by Richard. The entry for
April 2, 1966, reads: We threw Clive out and had a practice in Deaks kitchen
with Deaks on bass - played much better..
The Opposition had
been encouraged to dispense with Clive by Peter Pedro Bartholomew, the singer
with another local band, The Rapids Rave. The extrovert front man had been
guest on one or two songs when the two bands were on the same bill, but his
days with his own group were numbered. His dad had ordered him to leave The
Rapids Rave because their busy schedule was affecting his engineering
apprenticeship. Peter saw The Opposition, with their somewhat lower profile, as
an ideal alternative, and they were keen for him to join. As Peter explains: I
said, Yes. Ill join you, on one understanding: youre all very talented, but
your bass players crap. He just wasnt very musical. Clive really looked the
part though, he was a good looking lad. but he just couldnt play. I told them
they were a great little band but the bass player was spoiling it..
Clive, known
within the circle of friends as Cluck, had, in fact, looked the part more
than any of the others. He was one of the first in Oadby to own a Vespa scooter
and properly embrace mod culture. It was, of course, a diluted version of the
one colouring the streets of London but, all the same, skirts were getting
higher, suits sharper and bellies were filling with attitude. I was buying and
selling scooters from home. said Clive. Obviously the environment of Oadby
was quite affluent so we were mainly mods. We werent extreme at all. The
background we all had was quite sheltered, we were brought up in a decent way
with a good lifestyle. Wed have run a mile if we saw any rockers..
Peter Bartholomew
lays claim to being the person who first suggested ohn Deacon should take over
on bass. The group resorted to subterfuge for their first practice at Oadby
Boys Club featuring John on bass and Peter on vocals. Without informing Clive,
they arranged to meet early so John could borrow Olives equipment and run through
a few songs At the time the band was managed by Anthony Hudson, an
acquaintance who adopted the title of manager though no one could remember him
ever earning it. Anthony stood at the door of the club with his foot jammed in it, said Peter
Bartholomew. He was on the look-out for Clive and was going to signal to us if
he saw him coming. John Deacon was brilliant on the bass straight away, he
really took to it..
After a failed
attempt to appease his parents by training as an accountant, Clive went on to
make a career out of his hobby. Caslledine Scooters became Clive Castledine
Motorcycles, the mam Honda and Suzuki dealer in Leicester, with a workshop and
saleroom on the busy, shuddering dual carriageway of Humberstone Road. During
the busy summer period he will sell ten bikes a week, and he is already
planning to pass the business on to his son. In the shadow of two ugly tower
blocks, surrounded by cans of Swarfega, oily rags, zips waiting to be stitched
into motorcycle suits, and rows of burnished bikes, he has never coveted the
lifestyle of his former musical colleague. It has never gone through my mind
to wish Id followed the musical route, he points out. It seems so long ago,
almost insignificant really. I nearly gave music another go during the punk
era. I liked the rawness of bands like The Stranglers and Sham 69, but I was
working 60 hours a week on my business. I wouldnt know which way up to hold a
bass guitar now..
Without Clive the
band were able to develop at their own pace and there was no shortage of
bookings. Leicester, like the rest of the country, was teeming with venues,
from church halls to working mens clubs to theatres, and for the first time
the UK had an infrastructure to support live music made by young people. Pop
was also on television on its own terms, rather than ys an addendum to light
entertainment programmes, and everyone read the Melody Maker.
Although, like
every other group, they harboured covert ambitions, The
Opposition were largely content to learn their craft, become one of the best
bands in Leicester, and then
trust to the future. They
appeared almost every Saturday night at the Co-op Hall in Enderby, They received a fee of £4 for their performance
at the Co-op Hall, though by the end of 1966, when they were playing
venues like Market Harborough Working Mens Club and Leicester Tennis Club, the
lee had risen to £12.
Many of the shows
were as support to Peters former group, The Rapids Rave, whose membership
comprised slightly older tads managed by Les Taylor Eventually Les, whose
stepson Robert Prince played lead guitar in The Rapids, also became manager of
The Opposition. I wanted to keep an eye on Robert. Les recalls. They were
playing in some rough places and I thought if I was manager at least I could
keep a watch on what he was up to. The Opposition were just their back-up
group. I didnt know them very well at all. Les often sold both groups as a
package to venues, but his interest was always primarily in the well-being of
his stepson, the Eric Clapton of the Midlands as he refers to him. He
remembers John Deacon as a lovely kid1 but It was only decades later when he
learned of Johns phenomenal success. I never had any ambitions in the music
business, he says. I just wanted to stop Robert falling into bad company. I
used to just get them a few bookings here and there, it was easy in those
days..
David Williams,
another school friend, joined on lead guitar in July 1966 and Richard Young
moved to his first love, keyboards. Appropriately, they added covers by The
Zombies and The Spencer Davis Group. They made random attempts to write their
own material, but a few instrumental in the mode of Booker T and The MGs was
the limit of their success.
When he first
heard The Opposition. Dave Williams was unimpressed. He had already played in
local bands The Glen Sounds and The Outer Limits and knew some of the
elementary factors of life in a group, like tuning. 1 went to a rehearsal and
they sounded awful, like they hadnt tuned up. he recalls. They had tuned up.
but only to their own instrument, so they were all out of tune with each other,
I advised them to get a pitch pipe and after that they didnt sound too bad..
John Deacon was a
dedicated group member, anxious that the songs were arranged and performed properly,
his perfectionism was already evident to the others. He was also, along with
Richard, the groups archivist, collecting every newspaper cutting, even the
tiny adverts for shows published in the Leicester Mercury.
Molly Deacon still
considered the group a frivolous aside in her sons life. Her husband had died
in 1962 when John was just ten and she was determined to hold some discipline
over him, especially in directing him towards an academic career. In September
1966 the band had been booked to play the Tudor Rose pub in Atherstone and.
wary of Mollys strictness, they coaxed John out of the house and into the
garden while they related the details. Unfortunately the kitchen window was
open and she overheard. She came storming out saying.Johns not playing in
any pubs, and that was it. said Nigel Builen. We had to get a stand-in for
the night. He was only about sixteen at the time and under age, but thats just
the way she was, a bit strict..
A small club scene
developed in Leicester and The Opposition were part of it, appearing regularly
at Grannys and The Casino in London Road, on the same circuit boasting
gloriously unknown bands like Strictly For The Birds. The Executives,
Sweetheart, Cedar Set and Wellington Kitch. The Night Owl was perhaps the most
hip club. Geno Washington appeared there and the all-nighters were said to
attract hipsters from as far afield as London. Much of it was a parody of the
scene in the capital, but at the time Paris, New York, and the whole world was
two strides (in zip-up, knee length plastic boots) behind London anyway.
Earnest rather
than intense. The Opposition were still far from provincial clods. David
Williams, who quickly became their MC as well as guitarist, brought with him
more than an essence of style, refulgent in make-up and bearing the nickname
Pussy after the television glove puppet, Pussy Cat Willum. He was later to
attend Loughborough Art College, but in the meantime his artistic bent led to
some experimentation with drugs, mainly dope but a little bit of acid; his
home-made cakes were always popular at parlies. If it was OK for The Beatles..
was Daves doctrine. The band, anxious to culmaif an image, began to wear silk
shirts, each member in a different colour.
They might have
appeared unerringly normal, but they were actually characters in their own
right. Richard Young (He was so straight, he was weird - Dave Williams) was
known for the odd touch of eccentricity. He would over-tune his car so it ran
fast, so fast that it would move without anyone touching the accelerator. He
would park it, leave the engine running, pretend to close the door, and then
run alongside it in fake panic as if it was driving itself away. Another
routine was reserved for the chemists shop. He would burst in clutching his
throat, frothing at the mouth, imploring the assistant to Get me my pills,
quick..
The Who were a
prevailing influence on The Opposition and eventually even John Deacon had the
regulation scooter, a Vespa 180. We all had the parkas and everything, said
Dave Williams. I remember there was a ford at the bottom of our road and John
was coming round to my house one evening. He skidded and came off the scooter.
There was quite a lot of blood and he was pretty stressed out when he got to
our place, in fact, its about the only time I ever saw John stressed out!.
London had wanton
go-go girls m cages decorating trendy clubs where kids smoked French cigarettes
and wore sunglasses, forever waiting for the film crew to arrive. The
Opposition had two giggling school friends who, tired of watching but not
joining in, volunteered their services Jenny Fewins and Charmiane Cowper had
the nerve, if not the candid sexuality or polish; all the same, sometime in
1967, they became the bands go-go girls, and Dave Williams was quite
appreciative: I thought they were quite sexy, they had bosoms before most
girls. Their routine was completely improvised. We used to get up on stage
and do this very, very simplistic dance. It was frightening really, especially
when you realised we should have- worked it all out a bit before we got up
there, but most things werent planned in the Sixties. said Jenny.
It was still a
worthwhile experience for fenny. On her seventeenth birthday her mother paid
for an intensive modelling course and it led to three years work via the Kathy
Parker Agency in Leicester. Her good looks (listed as follows in her modelling
brochure: Height: 5 5. Bust: 3h, Vausl: 25, Hips: HV, Shoes 4-4 1/2} and
trained poise helped sell packels of Players cigarettes among other products.
She also appeared at parades in seaside towns, usually to open summer seasons
by celebrities.
Peter Bartholomew
was the outsider in the group, not really a member of their clique: he was
three years older and quite single-minded. He told them he could secure more
bookings than Anthony Hudson who had now adopted the name of Anto Hudson to
reflect his status in the pop business. Ante soon went the same way as Clive
Cluck Castledine. or, as the lads preferred, he went Clucksville.
Peter wanted the
group to go up market, to shop at Leicesters premier music emporium. Moore and
Stanworths in Belgrave Road, rather than at Coxs where the guitars hung by
their tuning pegs and flapped against the wall every time someone walked through
the front door. He took ohn Deacon to buy an Ampeg amplifier for his bass: it
sounded fine but more importantly, it had a luminous green glow in the dark.
Some of Peter
Bartholomews designs were rejected and, eventually, his paternal concern was
perhaps his downfall. I was working at a shop at the time called Irish Linen
which sold really trendy stuff, he explains. I made them all come in and
kitted them out m polo neck shirts. John Deacon did not like it at all. He
said, We look like a load of poofs. I want to wear what I want to wear. I was
a bit surprised by this. 1 was supposed to be the older, wiser person who knew,
but he just said. Noway!.
In November 1967,
after eight months in the group, Peter Bartholomew left The Opposition, though
there were differing accounts of his exit. Pedro showed off. I felt ashamed!
Told him that he was leaving, was the terse entry in Richard Youngs diary
after a performance he considered too effusive for The Opposition. I have
always been flamboyant, conceded Peter. I like to have a laugh and I was a
bit daft. I said daft things. I thought it was absolutely brilliant when we put
flash guns under Richards organ and things like that. Peters version had him
being ., tempted away to join his brothers band, The Rivals, a group with a
busier social diary and a greater rhythmnblues edge. He did return briefly to
The Opposition, however, when he had a three-month stint on saxophone a year or
two later.
Peter Bartholomew
drifted out of groups, working as a milkman and on motorway construction before
forming his own business installing telephone systems. He sold the firm to a
French company and is now self-employed again in the same business, proud of a
full order book. He still has an organ and guitar and sings in karaokes when
hes out with friends, but has no regrets about leaving the music business
behind. When I see a band, a good band, performing in a pub I sometimes gel
the itch again, but when I see them afterwards loading up the van in the cold
on the car park. Im glad Im out of it. I couldnt be more happier with my
life than I am now, couldnt enjoy it more..
He became a Queen
fan, though it was some time before he realised his former musical colleague
was a member: I was such a fan of Queen and
never recognised him. I used to sit there night after night listening to
the albums. It was only when John Deacon reverted to his original short
haircut that Peter realised1 We were watching television. I think he was on
Top Of The Pops or something. I
said to my wife, Look who that is. its John Deacon. She said. So?, and I
said. No, its the John Deacon, from Oadby, from The Opposition.. Oh my
God! she said. After the initial shock. Peter realised he wasnt surprised
by Johns success: He was the most talented in The Opposition, it was as if he
had been born with a bass in his hand. He was always brilliant. He really
deserved to get on. He was so relaxed when he played, always so confident..
Another member was
Richard Frew who lasted just a month on guitar, before being replaced by the
dextrous Ronald Chester. Ronald was an integral member. helping Richard Young
with the band administration. For a month or two they were fronted by a singer
called Carl, whose surname they forgot to log, but he left early in 1967.
Whatever the line-up. The Opposition formed a merry crew as they drove through
the hedge-flanked lanes of Leicestershire to another performance; arguments
were rare and they had an unusual rapport. Sometimes the van would break down,
venues would double book, amplifiers would explode, the band would bicker,
someone would forget an effects pedal, the set list would change three songs
in: this was John Deacons musical apprenticeship and it was extraordinarily
thorough.
Word got round
that there was another band called The Opposition, so Oadbys Opposition became
The New Opposition in April 1966, but then changed back again in January 1967.
A few months later, on another whim, they became The Art, because, according to
Richard Young. Dave Williams was arty. They were all extremely young, so even
by the summer of 1969 when John Deacon finally left, he was still a few months
from his eighteenth birthday.
John Deacon played
his final concert with The Art at Great Glen Youth and Sports Centre in August
1969, his place being taken immediately by another local musician, John Savage.
John had been accepted on a course to study electronics at Chelsea College, an
affiliate of London University. He had been with the group for four years,
during which time they had played an average of one show each week-While it was
invaluable experience in the grist of life in a pop group, it was irrefutably a
small town enterprise. Two of their typically homespun comical episodes are
again related best in the staccato style of diarist Richard: 26 September 1966
- Blackbird Motors Annual Dance, very dusty from the straw bales. and 1 5
October 1966: Suddenly Deaks had pains in his stomach and had to play near the
open window at the side of the stage for fear of being sick..
For all the
committed slog and sincere intent, four years after their debut. The Opposition
had not strayed more than a few miles from Leicester: they had no studio
experience (though, just weeks alter John lelt. they recorded an acetate of
covers at Becks studio in Wellmgborough}; no dealings with the music business
aside from one or two local agents; and. perhaps most importantly, were not
writing their own material. Their parochialism was epitomized by their
decision, early in 1968, to buy a seven-year-old Morris van. A group with wider
horizons would have used the money to fund a record pressing, or time in a
studio, train fares to London to see potential managers, a poster campaign, or
a complete re-location to the capital, but this wasnt The Oppositions style.
We wanted to be one of the best bands in Leicester, or around the locality.
explains Richard, I think I was under the misapprehension that the better you
sounded and the more professional you got, you gradually went up the ladder, but
it just doesnt work like that. It took me a long time to realise you could be
a load of shit but if you got the right promotion youd go far; thats what it
is al! about..
A new group came
through in Leicester and The Opposition, especially Richard, were made
decisively aware of the potency of promotion, style over content. In the space
of just a few weeks a flash new group called Legay (named after the drummers
surname) were packing venues in the town; the same places at which The
Opposition had appeared repeatedly, where they had diligently - but slowly
-augmented their fan base. Legay used to annoy Richard intensely, said Nigel
Bullen They really had got the image. They were doing heavy rock versions ol
Tamla Motown and the places they played were packed with all the gorgeous women
in Leicester. Musically they were very average. Unknown to the rest, John
Deacon was already making salient mental notes. Legav, tor their part, mutated
into something far more routine; by 1970 they were Gypsy, stalwarts of the
London pub circuit, eventually releasing two quietly received albums on United
Artists.
Despite Johns
impending departure. Richard continued taking bookings for The Opposition. Some
of these were out of town, in Southsea and Newcastle-upon-Tyne. A year after
Johns departure, however. Richard also left, to take up the position of
pianist with Fearns Brass Foundry. The soul covers band were appearing live
five nights each week and had some of the finest musicians in Leicester; it was
too much of a temptation to Richard who felt his own home-grown project had run
its natural course. He drifted on to the cabaret circuit and stayed there for
the next seventeen years. Music took him to many parts of the world when he
became a performer on cruise bhips, but he quit roaming in 1986 and set himself
up In Leicester as a piano tuner and teacher.
The period during
which John Deacon had been in The Opposition had seen profound changes in pop
music. The Beatles and The Rolling Stones, to whom much of the decades
Zeitgeist was subscribed, evolved from the radiant but callow pop of Help!
and Satisfaction in the summer of 1965 to the ripened and urbane muse of
Abbey Road and Let It Bleed just four summers later. Tommy Steete, Cliff
Richard, Dusty Springfield et al invented the British teenager, but dressed it
in similar clothes and the same benign attitude as its parents. By 1969 it had
learned to be sullen, enigmatic, insolent, anything it wanted to be. The
British brothers of the blues like Eric Clapton. Jimmy Page, Roger Daltrey. Ian
Anderson, Keith Richards and Ray Davies had grown their hair, shredded the
suits, and the din from the WEM speakers was no longer apologetic or
restrained.
The Opposition had
tried to assimilate this new energy - they used a fuzz box as early as October
1966, but they were decent lads from decent homes with A Levels and college to
work towards. John Deacon actually left Beauchamp with eight O Levels and
three A Levels at grade A. a remarkable achievement considering his fairly
heavy workload with the group. The Opposition had invigorated their set by
judiciously adding covers by the likes of Jethro Tull and Deep Purple. In fact,
Deep Purple were a seminal influence on John Deacon. On one of the hist outings
with his Leicester tnends before he Idt for college, John. Richard and Nigel
saw Deep Purple at the Royal Albert Hall They were already enthused by Deep
Purple s Book Of Taliesyn album and the concert in London was with a full
orchestral backing to be released a year later as Concerto For Group And
Orchestra It was an amazing night a big influence on all of us said Richard
We were mesmerised by it the orchestra the plavtng we really thought it was
something very special We talked about it in the car all the way back to Leicester.
Its the end of
the night, a long night. The harsh fluorescent light backstage is a keen
contrast to a few hours earlier when the Faces before Roger Taylor melted into
the darkness. He was on stage, back home in Truro, and the 800 people out there
were merely shadows welded together. He could sense the attachment, he bathed
in it in fact, but now the figures had broken free of the shadowy glue and were
shaking his hand.
Hello Roger, do
you remember me? I knew you when He smiles courteously, laughs openly, he
Appears to have time lor everyone. Hes back at Truro City Hall promoting his
first solo album since the demise of Queen. As he explained on stage, his
career has gone full circle He began at the City Hall nearly 50 ears ago when
his tirst serious tiroup. Johnny OuaL- and The Reaction, competed in the towns
rock and rhythm championship.
Matt Vinyl, rock
journalist for the Cornish Guardian, is
straining to hear. By day. Matt Vinyl is Sean Hewitt the school teacher, but
everyone in Cornwall has two jobs, if not two names, Matt, for it is he, not
Sean, we find at such a rare rock n roll evening in Truro, is listening in,
Hes at that comfortable distance, part of the decor, unobtrusive, and still
able to hear every word, notice every gesture, There have been a few awkward
moments as the carousel of Roger Taylors past is spun before him - a school
pal unrecognised, a clumsy handshake, a back accidentally turned on a former
neighbour. Roger Taylor has dealt with it all skilfully; not professionally
since that would suggest a feigned bonhomie. Theres a twinkle in his eyes, a
warmth about his manner. It seems genuine, the real thing-Matt watches the last
well-wisher gripping his hand for six seconds too long, asking him another
banal question. Its at this point, as Roger Taylor turns to his people, the
personal assistants on the pay roll, that Matt Vinyl expects to hear perhaps a
touch of sarcasm, or arrogance, or detect a sense of relief that the ordeal is
over. There i not a hint Right folks, shall we see where we can get a cup of
tea in this place? asks Roger Taylor. Matt Vinyl is impressed.
Cornish people
tend to stay pul, but Roger Taylor has travelled the globe, become a
millionaire, had beautiful women as lovers, and more than likely bathed in
champagne; bat they staunchly believe hes remained one of them, Their pride
in him is palpable, they still talk about the time he clenched his fist in a
victory salute at the end of Juke Box
Jury and shouted: Up Truro*. When youre marooned on the in-step of
England, and the number of people in your entire county is fewer than the
inhabitants of nearby Plymouth, perhaps it pays to cherish your famous sons.
And. make no mistake, Roger Taylor is cherished. If the fancy took him, per se,
he could walk on water, maybe on one ui the three rivers converging on the
city, the Kenwyn, the Allen or the Truro itself.
Roger Taylor was
actually born on the other side of England, in Kings Lynn. Norfolk, another
town in quarantine, pressed up close to the sea on the east of England. He was
born on July 26. 1949, at the West Norfolk and Kings Lynn Hospital, the son of
Winifred and Michael Taylor, a civil servant working for the Ministry of Food.
He was given the middle name of Meddows, a badge worn by members of his family
through several generations. He attended Gaywood Primary School in Kings Lynn
for three years before his father had to move with his job to Cornwall. The
family, which now included Rogers sister, Clare, born in 1953, settled in
Truro.
Truro is best
known for its splendid cathedral, built at the end of the eighteenth century.
It helps to draw in tourists who have become the towns lifeblood since the
collapse of the tin mining industry and the port side trade. It claims, along with
Bodmin, to be the capital of Cornwall, a typically insular dogfight which
matters deeply to people eager to maintain a gritty Cornish identity. They once
had their own language and many place names are prefixed by Pol, Per and
Tre from the original Gaelic vocabulary. Villages are knotted together by a
web of quiet roads, across moors and downs, with outlandish names like Indian
Queens. Gweek. Cripplesease. Twelveheads and Boconnoc. They want better roads
to bring in the tourists and their jangling pockets, but, paradoxically, they
delight in the isolation. The Tamar Bridge fastens Cornwall to Devon and
England but if a border fence were placed across it, under the cover of
darkness in suitably Cornish piratical style, the protests, especially outside
the summer season, would be scarce.
The familys first
home in Truro was in Falmouth Road, in a large house with its own tennis court,
less than a mile from the tou n centre. Roger attended the primary school
nearby. Bosvigo School. He showed an interest in music at a surprisingly early
age when he and some school friends formed a skiffle group The Bubbhngover Boys
before his ninth birthday They performed just once at a school dance though
none of them could play an instrument in the real sense Still organising the
practices soundproofing the family garage with egg boxes and strumming a few
chords on the ukulele in rough unison with other instruments had warmtd Roger
to life in a pop group.
In May 1960 he
started his first term at Truro Cathedral School The school vv is lunded by
several ecclesiastical chanties and had been in existence for more th in 400
ears It had only 200 pupils sixteen of whom were chosen to sing in the choir
Roger Tav lor vv is one oi thest pupils and had to sing three limes on Sundays
and u weddings and Midnight Mass at Christmas Aside from an inclination to I
atm and Religion it was otherwise an ordinary if select school teaching boys
from the age of ten to eighteen Geoff Pester was also a member of the choir and
became a close school friend of Roger sometimes going with him to the beach and
staying in touch as he progressed through pop groups as a teenager [ remember
him being a good singer says Pester He was an ordinary sort of lad I don t
think you II find he has anv enemies in Truro he wasn t that type of person I
saw his group The Reaction play at a coffee bar in St Agnes it was called the
Hey Griddle Griddle and Roger was the same as I recalled him at school He was
very quiet but extrovert if ou could mix these two together I noticed early on
that he let his feelings go into his music.
Geoff Moore was
another regular visitor to the Taylors and was immediately aware of Roger s
londness for pop music He remembers trips to ford s record shop in Truro Earlv
in 1963 Roger bought a copy of Jet Harris and Tony Meehan s Diamonds an
instrumental written around bass and drums which topped the charts Roger was
obsessive about the track and it might have prompted a switch from acoustic
guitar to drums as his mam instrument He was already quite proficient on the
drums after starting out on a basic kit his dad had bought him for Christmas
1961.
Roger was one of
the gang vvhu-h met aloni, Falmouth Road and tripped through tht tields neirh
He was like the other bovs except for his accent which was neither Cornish nor
East Anglian I suppose it was just posh he alwdvs sounded a bit posh but he
wasn t a toff or anything said Geoff Moore During one long summer Roger was
shot in the back of the leg as the gang seampered through fields pursued by a zealous
farmer s son It was only a pellet but it left a bit of a mark said Geoff The
lad who shot him vas nearly crying asking us not to tell amone what he d done
They would amble for hours along the railway lines dodging the goods trains or
play tennis on the court next to Roger s house.
In September 1960
Roger switched schools when he was otltred a scholarship at Truro School which
had been established in the town since 1 S80 Although it was a public school w
ith boarders Roger attended as a dav bin bee suse iil lued ml irbv Nearly one
third ol the 600 bos it the school hid retut.d sl h I irship Bruits from the
local authority It wasn t an up market publK school b anv mt ins It wasn t
terribly opprcssie U all most ol us had a lot of tun there s ml Andy Uright a
classmate of Roger s The school hvmn begins High on a hill with a city below
and the panorama of Truro the river sweeping into the citv and the cathedral
standing in pale serenity is remarkable tewed from the sehool grounds above
Trennick Lane The school is a prestigious establishment housed in an imposing
building in its on extensive gardens It was a place of great happiness for
Roger Taylor who has often spoken of his pride in being an old bov and still
attends functions there Its motto is Esse Quam Vidtri which means To be rather
than to seem - or as the current headmaster Mr GAG Dodd explains in other words
don t ust look good but have real values underneath.
During 1963 Roger
still on guitar formed his first group Cousin Jacks which was the old colloqunl
term for Cornish tin miners or for Cornish people in general After a few
rehearsals he turned finally to drums They played occasionally at d local
liberal club sometimes under the name of The Falcons It was hardly a serious
project but during the year the band was intict Roger learned the rudiments of
both drumming and life in a group.
He was an average
scholar at a school renowned for it; ac idemic excellence He was quite
lethargic doing merely enough work to get bv already dreaming of London and a life
devoted to rock n roll Ue saw tarlv on that Roger was erv ambitious with his music said his mother Winifred I suppose
we were hoping the drumming would turn out to be a hobbv because it seemed such
a waste of his intelligence. Very few people made it as proper musicians and I
remember one neighbour saying we must be absolutely furious that Roger was
spending such a lot of time running about with his group instead of studying..
As a day boy he
wasnt subject to the same level of regimen as the other pupils and his blond
hair was soon worn past his collar. The school uniform included a blue blazer
and cap which had to be worn at all times out of the school building. It was
tradition for pupils to touch the peak of their cap if they came across a
teacher.
Durmg his
school-ckus Roger was Jin extremely frail boy; he was one uf the last to
properly fill out. He was quiet, though his close circle oi friends was already
aware of his mischievous sense of humour. One oi my lasting memories of Roger
is of us coming ofl the rugbv field. said Andy Wright. He was absolutely
white and shivering like billy-o. Sport just wasnt his thing, he seemed so
very frail. After school they would sometimes visit a coffee bar in Old Bridge
Street in the centre of Truro and here Roger developed the habit which plagued
most future drummers - he began tapping out rhythms on the table until the
others would scream out in irritation.
In 1964 his
parents separated and he moved with his sister Clare and mother to Hurland Road
in Truro, another large detached house with a badminton court in its grounds.
At this time Roger formed a trio with two school friends, David Dowding and
Michael Dudley They played solely instrumentals, usually Shadows covers, since
none of them had a microphone, It struck me right away how good Roger was at
playing. said Michael Dudley. He really was astonishingly good. We used to do
Wipe Out. The Surlaris song with all that snare drum and Roger could do it
without any problem. Roger befriended Vaughan Hankins who lived in nearby
Northfield Drive and was another pupil at Truro School with aspirations to be a
drummer. He used to help me quite a lot. says Hankms. He had a lot ol Hair
on the drums even then. We neter played in the same groups because bands never
thought of having more than one drummer in those days..
Word of Rogers
ability soon spread and a local group. Johnny Quale and The Reaction, targeted
him early in 1965. Michael Dudley, who had immediately established himself as
Rogers main musical confidanl, also defected to join this more experienced
group. The pair had much in common but could hardly have looked more
dissimilar; Roger was slight and fair, while Michael was dark and six feet four
inches tall.
Johnny Quales
real name was John Grose and he was a few years older than Roger and Michael.
He uas fundamentally an Elvis Presley impersonator. complete with sideburns,
quiff, and a strict adherence to rock n roll His previous local groups
included The Blue Stars and The Strangers, with whom he was known as Johnny
King. He tagged himself Johnny Quale after the bird of the same name, though
the spelling was different. Also, at this time, a whale was washed up on
Perranporth beach and locals dubbed it Johnny Whale, which johnny saw as a sign:
if they could remember Johnny Whale, they would do the same with Johnny Ouale.
The other group members were Jimmy Craven on bass, Graham Hankms on lead guitar
and, joining a few months later, John Acker Snell on saxophone.
After just a few
rehearsals the bands first show was at the fifth annual Rock And Rhythm
Championship in March 1965 organised by the Round Table in Truro City Hall.
Fifteen groups entered and performed before a fervent audience of an estimated
800 teenagers. Their cries inspired the headline, One Long Scream As Beat
Groups Battle It Out in the West Briton
and Royal Cornwall Gazette. Johnny Quale and The Reaction came fourth,
trailing to The Individuals and The Intruders, both from St Austell, and Three
And A Bit from Wadebridge. In the unofficial shouting match, Falmouths
Soundcasters were the winners, bringing with them to Truro a squad of girls
with particularly strong lungs.
The placing was
much better than The Reaction had expected. They had opened the show and were
not sure whether their peculiar mixture of P.J. Proby. Gene Pitney. Elvis
Presley. Roy Orbison and Beatles covers would register much support. I
remember hearing the other bands commenting about Roger. said Johnny Quale.
They must have seen him warming up or something because they were all saying
what a great drummer he was, but he was damn good. The singer uas going
through his P.j. Proby phase, sporting a pony tail and lace-up flies with bells
attached to the buttons. Johnny soon noticed Rogers unparalleled popularity
with girls. He had such an angelic face, he said. In many ways he was really
baby boyish. The girls sort of took to him straight away. The rest of us were
all quite loud in terms of personalities but he was quiet and I think the girts
llfced that..
In the autumn of
1965 the band recorded a demo disc at a cinema in Wadebridge. By now, perhaps
precipitating the split which came soon afterwards, the band were often playing
two sets, one as The Reaction with the various musicians taking turns to sing,
and the other as Johnny Quale and The Reaction when Johnny would put on his
showman routine. They decided to record an EP. each side of which would be
given over to the band in its two disparate forms. The studio was mobile, quite
primitive, and set up in a room at the cinema. It cost us £40 to put the
songs on tape and have the records made. said Johnny Quale. I cant remember
what songs we did, but Im sure Roger sang a James Taylor track. When we
finished I think the tape was sent away and some time afterwards we received
about a dozen demo discs, I havent got a clue what happened to them. Almost
certainly, this formed Roger Taylors first studio work and his debut on
record. It has never appeared in any published discography of the Queen band members
and few people aside from the musicians involved and their families know of the
records existence.
Johnny Quales
refusal to play little aside from Elvis Presley songs led to his discharge at
the end of 1965, and, indeed, Elvis was indirectly part of his downfall. The
band had agreed to keep one particular Saturday night clear of bookings because
an Elvis film was to be screened at the Plaza in Truro. It was supposed to be a
night out for the group, a break from their usual performance duties, but they
were offered a gig at short notice and cancelled the outing. Johnny Quale
performed with the band but he was furious. We played at this dance, he said,
I was committed to the group but I felt let down by them. I was sometimes a
bit hot tempered in those days. Im older and wiser now, it seems such a
trivial thing to fall out about now.
A stalwart of the
local scene, sausage-maker extraordinaire Roger Sandy Brokenshaw, was handed
the microphone instead. Roger was again a few years older and had contacts
throughout Cornwall. He convinced them he could sing better than Johnny Quale,
had a wider repertoire, and would find the group plenty of bookings at the
dances he was co-promoting in the county. He, along with another butcher
friend, had already given them a sample of his promotional skills when he
booked them a few months earlier to appear in Exeter and Torquay. He assured
them a top class hotel would be provided, all covered by the local promoter.
They found their hotel beds were still warm and unmade from the previous
guests, and in the morning they each had to pay for their own rooms.
The bands name
was shortened to The Reaction. By day Roger Brokenshaw worked as a butchers
assistant in Truro. Roger Taylor used to wait for me outside the butchers in
his school uniform. - he said. He was a very quiet guy. He wasnt the best
drummer in the world at that time but he was good The whole band was, and we
got on famously. The butchers became a common rendezvous lor the group before
they moved on to rehearsals or concerts. Roger [Brokenshaw] used to make the
sausages. said Michael Dudley. He was a filthy, greasy bugger and there was a
right old smell in there. I dont think Ive ate sausages to this day..
Standing at under
a foot smaller than Michael Dudley, what he lacked in inches Roger Brokenshaw
compensated for in personality. In his multi-coloured sheepskin jacket, with
his candy floss curly hair and effusive manner, audiences couldnt fail to
notice him. He also possessed a robust voice and his renditions of numbers by
James Brown and Otis Redding won The Reaction many admirers. John Snell also
provided a distinctive edge to the band since few groups had saxophone players.
He was noted too for his goatee beard, a personal tribute to Acker Bilk.
On March 7, 1966,
The Reaction were voted the winners of the annual Rock And Rhythm Championship
and awarded a silver cup. They made the local paper, this time with a
photograph, above a typically downbeat story: Accountant Marries Sales Girl.
The roar of the Truro crowd, the spirited music blasted through their Vox
amplifiers, their all-black attire (apart, of course, from singer Roger), it
meant precious little outside Cornwall, but winning the competition made the
world of difference to The Reaction. Most importantly, it was recognition that
they were the best band in Cornwall, and bookings came easy from here on. The
county trailed the rest of the country in other cultural areas, but it had a
thriving pop music scene. There wasnt a lot else to do, so every barn, village
hall, coffee bar. and nightclub was putting on groups and there was always a
guileless audience on hand to support their efforts.
The Reaction began
to play concerts at least three nights a week at venues like PJs in Truro The
Blue Lagoon in Newquay Flamingo s in Redruth the Princess Pavilion in Falmouth
the Penzance Winter Garden and village halls at St Agnes St {usl and Mulhon The
Sixties had thrown up a number of enterprising Cornish promoter; and The
Reaction were often booked as support to relatively big names like The Kinks
Tyrannosaurus Rex Gerry And The Pacemakers the Inbetweens uho later became Made
and a group featuring the young Ritchie Blackmore.
An excellent ally
to The Reaction dnd later to Smile and Oueen was ohn Adams John had left his
native VVhitbv tarl in the Sixties to pursue a hie ti sea tnd surl in Curnu ill
He w, is Irom a fimilv steeped in business so when the Pcnzanee Winter tarden
camt up for sale in 1961 he persuaded the folks back home that it was north a t2 000 investment and that he would
run the place Seen years later on a trip to London he s tvv both The Doors and
Jefferson Airplane and decided to alter the booking policy of The VX inter
Garden which had hitherto been a bastion of more traditional English seaside
imuement Jethro Tull and Ten Years fter were early headlmers for fees of
£100 and £125 respectively and thereafter every Thursday night
became progressive night at the 800 capacity hall The venue on Pen?ance s
promenade became known as The Wmts { The Garden though preferred by John didn t
catch on quite as well) and was sold out every week It had its own relaxed
atmosphere and cushions were distributed for the punters to sit on.
As a promoter
working from England s most southerly point John Adams soon ran into problems
but contingency plans were at hand Manv bands especially from the north
considered every enue in the south to be about tuenty miles from London I
remember that happening a lot with the Merseybeat groups says Adams Thev d ring
us up at about 10 pm half an hour before they were due to go on and sa they d
soon be with us I d ask them uhere the vere and they d saj somewhere like
Honiton! [a town north of Exeter about 100 miles away] Some bands aware of the
distance involved would be reluctant to even accept bookings in the south west
so John amalgamated vith other promoters and formed an association of ballrooms
at Torquay Plymouth Cardiff Redruth and talmouth it was then a much more
attractive proposition I nknown to the bands the different promoters would swap
information If a musician had been a nuisance or reckless the next venue on the
tour was warned so preparations could be made or the concert pulled altogether.
The Reaction
appeared many times in Penzance They had a large following and although John
Adams could not remember their music specifically he recalled the success of
the eenmgs Along with a trio called The Blue Caps they were among only a
handlul of local bands capable of selling out the venue Smile also appeared
regularly and Queen s lirst appearance in Penzance a few months before their
first single was released u is is support to Carat.an It has stuck in my mind a
bit thdt Queen had thdt ittitude of knoumg thev were going somewhere he said
We had that feeling from them that c uere
lucky to be having them playing the gig.
The Winter Garden
became a thriving he music institution But in 1979 John left to set up a film
and video company called The Three S s dedicated to his three interests in life
aside from music surf sea and skateboarding Among his final bookings each of
them a fitting testament to his dynamism were The Sex Pistols Talking Heads The
Stranglers and The Ramones The Winter harden closed in 1992 Various plans have
been forwarded and rejected since but all the while battered by sea spray and
ram a piece of Cornwall s history slowly rusts away.
Roger Taylor and
Michael Dudley formed the core of The Reaction and during 1966 and 67 had like
many teenagers in the UK moved from the sharp snap of soul to the more complex
textures of progressive music played by such acts as Jimi Hendnx and Cream
though perhaps surprisingly Roger Taylor had little affection for standard
rhythm n blues They picked up a new bass player early in 1966 Rick Penrose whod
spent four years in another strong Cornish band The Strangers who played on the
same cireuit He initially joined The Reaction for two shows tn Torquay over one
veekend at the Town Hall and the Lansdowne They liked his sty It, and he uas
soon asked to become a permanent member.
Roger Brokenshau
meanwhile was entrenched in upbeat soul and mainstream ballads The other band
members were beginning to grow suspicious of his accounting since he was
promoting the dances at hich they often played I think uc had the impression
that Roger was taking us for a bit of a ride said Michael Dudle Him and his
mate were wide boys but nice enough with at The rest of the group had a feeling
that they had grown out* of Roger Brokenshaw. He was great at first, all that
shouting and running about but it was all a bit coarse. said Rick Penrose. As
the music got better we wanted to express ourselves in different ways. Roger
was a good showman but he didnt mature in the same way the rest of us did. No
one in the group was particularly confident in such a situation so they
resorted to a rather tactless stratagem to oust Roger Brokenshaw - they simply
forgot to collect him in the van.
Roger Taylor took
on vocals in his absence; this was a precursor to his permanent role as the
groups singer. After being left waiting on several occasions, Roger Brokenshaw
presumably got the message, though he was hardly the type to let it upset him
greatly. He returned to the cabaret scene, working by day at the famous Redruth
Brewery. After work he transformed into Rockin Roger Dee in social clubs. With
no ambition to leave Cornwall, he became a steadfast on the circuit, still
sporting a Teddy Boy jacket, an eager smile, and proud to have been one of the
first in the country to use backing tapes in his act-Trios were suddenly in
vogue, so The Reactions new line-up became Roger Taylor on drums and vocals,
Michael Dudley on guitar and Richard Penrose on bass. Ben Daniel, the most
recent member on guitar, left without enmity; he had been brought in to allow
Michael Dudley to move across to the electric organ. The others had never
thought Ben overly committed to the group anyway (Ben enjoyed moaning a bit -
Rick Penrose). Rogers drum kit was pushed forward and he showed no awkwardness
in the spotlight, far from it. Sometimes on a whim they would change the name
of the group to The Creation for the night, despite there being another British
band of the same name releasing records at that time. Paisley shirts and flares
were the standard dress, but in typically reactionary spirit, Roger Taylors
usual stage wear was an electric blue suit complete with a tie. Michael Dudley
had long been an admirer of Rogers ability but in the stripped down version of
The Reaction, he flourished. He was always quite a long way ahead of the rest
of us, and we were quite good players, he said. He soon had the Hendrix drum
patterns off pat and he really became the centre of attention. He could sing
well and was by far the most accomplished..
Rick Penrose was
also quietly in awe of Rogers talent: He was an incredible drummer. Roger had
a very, very wonderful sound. He made it look so easy which f think is the sign
of a really good musician. I remember we did a gig in Taunton and one of Mikes
strings broke. Me and Roger just kept playing and you could hardly notice Mike
had dropped out It was a really full sound..
Paul Martin, then
in his teens, saw one of The Reactions first shows with Roger singing and
found the experience profound. He attended the Princess Pavilion almost every
week for six years and in that time, when he estimates he saw more than 500
different groups, no performer stayed in his memory the same way as Roger
Taylor1 He started singing this soul song, I think it was called Walk Me Out
In The Morning Dew1 and everyone stopped dancing. It was quite unusual, (hey
were actually listening to the music, like they were stunned. He really let
himself go into the music, really lit up. 1 just knew that whatever it was you
had to have to make it, he had it, no doubt about that, he had it. He kept a
watch on Roger after the show and noticed a quiet, loner sort of chap
mingling in the bar. The pair never spoke but Paul Martin kept a note of his
face and recognised Roger immediately when he was with Queen nearly a decade
later.
After one show in
Falmouth, Roger met one of his first girlfriends, Eileen Wright. Eileen was one
of the Flushing girls along with Jill Carpenter and Penny Eathorne. The three
of them would take the boat to Falmouth across Falmouth Bay from their homes in
Flushing to dance away the night at the Princess Pavilion. It was a six mile
journey by road, but that way they couldnt look up to the stars and dream.
They were the archetypal British groupies, giggly and excitably shy. with
starry, romantic notions of the boys from out of town, bearing not even
remotely carnal undertones. They singled out Roger immediately, En their
typically dismissive estimation there was no competition from the other members
of The Reaction. Roger had neat blond hair and soft features which carried more
than a trace of mischievousness when he smiled. Perhaps more importantly, they
thought he resembled David McCallum, one of the stars of the cult American
television series, The Man From U.N.C.L.E.
Eileen became a
regular addition to The Reactions travelling crew and was made to feel at
home. She and Roger were still too young to drink in pubs so their dating was
limited to coffee bars. However, since Roger played with the band most nights
there were very few occasions when the pair were alone together. The distance
between them, much of it covered only by quiet rural roads, and neither of them
old enough to drive, also made for a perplexing courtship. One memorable date
was the time The Who came to town. Roger was by now consumed by the brilliance
of Keith Moon, and had adopted Moons crouched style of playing and painted a
target on his bass drum. He had none of the outrageousness but otherwise he baw
himself as Cornwalls answer to Keith Moon. The Who appeared at Cambonie in the
summer of 1965, just a tew miles down the A 3047 from Red ruth He talked about
Keith Moon a hell of a lot. he thought he was the best drummer in the world.
stud hiteen. The Reaction later played My Generation at their gigs. At the
end of the show Keith Moon threw his drumsticks into the audience. Roger tried,
but he never caught them. I remember he walked out of the concert on cloud
nine, hed finally seen his idol..
Their relationship
wasnt sexual (It might have been the Sixties and free love and all that, but
it hadnt, reached Cornwall, or if it had it hadnt reached me -Eileen) and
Eileen found Roger to be a quiet, shy teenager. He rarely spoke of any great
desire to become a pop star, in fact, he more often mentioned that he wanted to
become a dentist or airline pilot. He wasnt a raunchy bloke at all. she
said. He was a very gentle person. Ive often thought that he must have pushed
himself quite a lot to project the image he now has..
During their ten
month romance, Eileen scribbled Rogers name on her school books and relished
seeing him, but she still held an affection for a boy she had been seeing
before Roger. Chris Libby. who lived in Flushing. The long journey to Truro to
see Roger was also becoming tiresome. If she caught the bus it meant a four-mile
walk at the end through unlit rural lanes. On one occasion an older man made
unwelcome advances to her on the bus and it left her distraught. Unexpectedly.
Chris Libby contacted her and said he wanted to return some books; she
mistakenly saw this as an attempt by him to resume the relationship. At
Christmas 1965 she finished with Roger. He was very upset, she said, My mum
said he cried, but I dont know about that. He used to phone me at my friends
house, Either way, they both spent Christmas without a partner.
Eileen, now
working as a nurse for the Blood Transfusion Service, was one of the many
acquaintances of Roger Taylor to pack into his Truro show in 1994. Throughout
the concert her friends were forever digging her in the ribs and trying to persuade
her that the lyrics were about the heartbreak of losing his first love, his
Flushing Girl. Eileen still has a sentimental attachment to Roger. I didnt
tike it when he wore his sunglasses on stage, she complains. He looks much
better with them off. It was his eyes that I remember him for..
Michael Dudley
does not necessarily recall Roger Taylor in the same chaste manner as Eileen
Wright. He remembers a steady number of compliant girls, all of them eager to
embrace the spirit of the age. Indeed, the bands unspoken accord was to make
great music and procure as many women as possible. In summer Roger Taylor and
the others would make use of the nearest field for sensual recreation or. when
the days were shorter and colder, space would be found in the van. Roger had
the most success, he had already discovered the seductive potential of his
youthful features and sad blue eyes and the others were secretly envious of his
strike rate.
One of Rogers
regular girlfriends was Jill Johnson. A former pupil at Truros County Grammar
School for Girls, she spent a year with Roger and was part of the set which
followed The Reaction around and hung-out at Truros coffee bars. Roger and
Jill often teamed up with his neighbour Vaughan Hankins and his wife-to-be.
Gill Wilton. Vaughans father owned a garage so getting a car was never a
problem. The four would have nights out together at Tregaye Country Club, Flos
Bar in Devoran or at the Pandora Inn at Restronguet on the road to Falmouth.
It was just a normal boy-girl relationship. said Gill. They got on very well
together and seemed quite fond of each other..
Jill Johnson was
afterwards part of an all-girl trio called The Three Js. The other members
were sisters Pat and Sue johnstone. One of Rogers first recording sessions was
as a back-up musician to The Three Js. The girls, playing guitars and flutes,
had been rehearsing with Roger on drums in premises next to the Barley Sheath
pub in the centre of Truro. They met Rod Wheatley, the owner of a Ferrograph
tape recorder, and he offered to tape some of their songs. Rod was helped by
his friend. Grenville Penhahgon, and they put down two songs on two-track tape.
I remember Roger turning up with these three gorgeous girls with gorgeous
voices, he said. The session wasnt very long, an hour perhaps. The music was
very, very good. They certainly had it all together. Roger had to have it all
perfectly right, he was very exact about it. It was obvious he had a lot of
talent. I clearly recall thinking he was someone of extraordinary capabilities.
He wasnt a bighead in any shape or form. Boys from Truro School were rather
full of themselves in those days but he was a clever lad with no falseness
about him. Jill Johnson, incidentally, forged her own career in music, fronting
the folk quartet. The Famous Jug Band, until they split in the early Seventies.
They released two albums on Liberty Records, before Jill became ill with
agoraphobia and later moved to Canada where her two elder twin sisters already
lived.
By 1967 The Reaction
had acquired their own back-up team. Enthusiastic rather than particularly
experienced or adept. Neil Battersby and Peter Gill-Carey, both also pupils at
Truro School, became the semi-official roadies. Neil was elected to drive the
groups battered Thames Trader van, complete with four bald tyres. because he
was the first in the gang to reach seventeen. He was also trusted Lo switch on
and off the house lights of the various venues they played to complement the
groups musical finale.
By now they were
indubitably Cornwalls best band, only The Mechanics from St Austell ran them
close. They were also receiving reasonable fees for their concerts and Michael
Dudley had enough from his share to buy himself a sports car.
Peter Gill-Carey
lived with his family in a large, handsome Edwardian house called Penkerris,
just a mile or so from the seafront at St Agnes. His father, Dr Michael
Gill-Carey, was the village doctor with another practitioner. The Gill-Careys
gave visitors a hearty welcome and before long The Reaction were regular
performers at their childrens parties. These were usually held in late
November to mark the birthdays of Peter and his younger sister Susan. The
furniture was removed from the dining room, the carpet literally rolled away,
and the concerts began. Roger Taylor, even at this stage, was pedantic about
his playing; he often went through to the sitting room and warmed up his snare
drum by the Ore to put it in tune.
Mrs Dorothy
Gill-Carey, an ebullient, endearingly bossy woman, was always keen to lend a
hand to her son and his friends. She designed a few posters and booked the
group to appear at St Agnes Chapel Hall. It was part of an evening of music and
drama run by the Womens Institute. Many of the elderly ladies werent used to
such loud music and several of them took out their hearing aids. she said. The
pathos of the evening had no limits as Mrs Gill-Carey insisted they closed with
the National Anthem. They had never played it before, probably never even
thought about it but I was adamant that theyd just have to do their best, she
said. It was certainly one of the weirdest renderings I have ever heard. Poor
Roger, his cool under mortal threat, suffered the final embarrassment when the
assortment of middle-aged and elderly Kidies singled htm out lor special
attention, when they admitted a fondness for the little blond drummer,.
The Reaction had
several rehearsal bases, but for a long time used a caravan parked in the
expansive back garden of Michael Dudleys family, also in St Agnes. The other
parents admired Mr and Mrs Dudleys tolerance, but were unaware that Michaels
devotion stretched to vandalising one of the familys bookcases by using sticky
tape to spell out The Reaction on the glass. The caravan burned down several years
later, but the bookcase survived, though the N in Reaction lost its fight
with gravity and fell off.
Roger Taylor,
though his role in the group was never actually discussed, had evolved into the
natural leader. He was barely seventeen years old and looked a few years
younger, but he willingly shouldered most of the responsibility for running the
group. For some time there had been a liaison with a Bodmin booking agency, BCD
Entertainments. The agency had been set up in 1962 by Peter Brown and from its
offices in Queens Crescent, Bodtni, concerts were set up throughout the south
west. The only other local agency of note was LMD Entertainments in Torquay run
by Lionel Digby. Incidentally, although appearing to be acronyms, neither
agency name had any real meaning but each had a suitable ring of eminence.
Roger argued successfully that The Reaction could find their own concerts and
save themselves ten per cent of the fee; they soon parted company with BCD.
Roger often hit
upon whimsical ideas, which the others were almost duty bound to accept. He
acquired his familys piano, took it out of its wooden frame, painted it, and
during shows would leave his drum kit to crash out some wanton chords on it.
The Reaction would close with a version of Wilson Picketts Land Of 1.000
Dances, complete with a freestyle section where he would attack the keys. He
was ciearly becoming aware of the importance of the visual aspect of presenting
music. The budget was obviously limited so he had to work within certain limitations,
At The Flamingo in Redrulh they closed their set by spraying each other with
soapy foam. Roger then began coating his cymbals with petrol and towards the
end of the show they would be lit to blaze merrily for a few minutes.
Unfortunately, a rag soaked in petrol felt to the stage floor at a venue in
Par. near St Austell. and there was a panic when it looked like the stage was
about to catch fire. For a while Roger used two bass drums; it looked
impressive, even more so when he put a light into each one.
Much of Roger
Taylors personality, both musical and in general, was formed during this
period. The Reaction were a honed unit, the temperaments matched and, unlike
previously, there was a real sense of Roger Taylors vision coming to the fore.
He was the youngest member at seventeen and the smallest in physical terms but
there was no doubt he was in control. Rick Penrose and Michael Dudley were not
compliant merely for the sake of agreement, they had a genuine respect for
Rogers ideas: their trust in his opinion was almost absolute. It was not an
ego trip with Roger. said Rick. He had a real vision. It was better with the
three of us. there was less to argue about. We had the same goals and ideals
and there wasnt a lot to discuss. Roger had definite ideas and he voiced them.
He was ultra-involved. Rogers on-stage demeanour was an expression of his
commitment to the group. He would give it absolutely everything, said Rick.
He was wet with sweat. I remember he used to split the skin on his bass drum
because he was so wrapped up in what he was doing..
Life on the road,
Cornish roads included, could be fraught; there was a lot of organisation
involved, even for a trio, and along the way they would meet a wide variety of
people, some sussed, some fascinating, some dull, some downright stupid. Roger
didnt suifer fools, but he was never ruthless or arrogant with them. said
Rick. He wasnt the type to start shouting. Hed keep his opinion to himself
at the time and then voice it to us afterwards. He was intelligent and had a
nice way of dealing with people. It would usually mean he got his own way but
it wasnt done in an obviously manipulative way. Roger Taylor showed few signs
of desperation: there were rarely tantrums of frustration or long speeches in
the van of how he would one day play drums at the Albert Hall [which he
actually did within three years of leaving The Reaction]. His ambition was
discernible, but not necessarily articulated, his friends intuitively saw his
future success as inevitable.
The breezy Summer
Holiday feel of clambering aboard the van, coasting through Cornwall singing
along to The Who and The Beatles on the radio, came to an horrific end in
February 1967. Roger had recently passed his driving test and insisted he
relieved Neil Battersby of his usual duly, The party - Roger. Neil Batteriby,
Peter Gill-Carey. Michael Dudley, Richard Pen rose, Valerie Burrows (later to
be Richards wife) and Marian Little (Michaels then girlfriend) - was
travelling along the A30 to a booking at Dobwalls Village Hall, just a mile or
so outside Liskeard. They passed through the village of Indian Queens and ran
into fog and driving rain on Goss Moor where the road is picked out through
marshland and cotton grass. There was suddenly a great collision and the van
somersaulted and landed on its roof. I remember the van turning over, it
seemed to happen in slow motion, said Rick Penrose. There was a deadly
silence and then the sound of metal scraping on the road as we slid along..
They had crashed
into a fish van left parked without any lights on. only half on the pavement.
Roger was flung through the windscreen but miraculously unhurt. Michael Dudley
suffered a broken hand and nose, Marian Little a cut chest, and Valerie Burrows
internal stomach injuries. I was covered in glass, said Rick Penrose. I
looked quite a mess. They had to use tweezers to get the glass out of me. For
months this glass kept coming out of my skin. If I rubbed my leg 1 would cut
myself because the glass was still underneath it. By far the worst hurt was
Peter Gill-Carey who had been sitting with Valerie on his knee in the
passengers seat where most of the impact had taken place. He was lying
unconscious in the road, bleeding profusely, with a large tear in his flesh below
the left armpit where a door handle had pierced him.
They were taken to
the Royal Cornwall Hospital in Truro here it was found Peters lung had been
punctured and collapsed. Over the course of the night he was given nine pints
of blood Peter s father Dr Michael Gill Carey travelled to the hospital but
Dorothy Gill Carey had to stay at Penkellis to look after their other children
She was told that the chances of Peter surviving were slim She spent the night
shivering next to a raging fire in the grand sitting room the same room which
had rung with the laughter and joy of Peter and his musical friends just a few
weeks earlier.
Peter Gill Carey
made a slow protracted recovery He was transferred to Frenchay Hospital in
Bristol where he underwent several skin grafts to properly close the wound He
missed the whole of 1967 and was not discharged from hospital until [he
beginning of 1968 He had to studv for his - Levels from his hospital bed
Although the impact had been on his left side he uas left with an immobile
right hand Before the accident he had been provisionally accepted to study
medicine at Guy s Hospital London He learned to write with his left hand and a
later operation enabled him to use the thumb of his right hand but he was
deemed unfit to become a doctor Medicine had always been his coveted vocation
but he switched to accountancy.
Although Roger
Taylor had no physical injury he suffered psychologically for some time
afterwards Everyone including Dorothy Gill Carey absolved him of any guilt but
he was obviously distraught though he mainly kept it to himself We were
younger then and able to bounce back from that sort of thing said Rick We just
decided to get on with it it was no one s fault Roger s father Michael Taylor
reportedly spent the night of the accident walking the cliffs something he did
often when the family was beset by troubles.
As he had driven
the group s van into the back of another vehicle Roger was technically at fault
and charged by police with an order to appear dt Bodmm Magistrates Court when
the papers had been prepared The question of whether the fish van owner a Mr
Gerald Broad of Shutta Road East Looe had been negligent in abandoning his
vehicle unattended and without lights on such d dark wet night was chiefly a
civil matter later to be battled out as an insurance settlement which took
seven years to resolve All this was ghastly for Roger said Mrs Gill Carey We of
course wanted to blame the owner of the fish van but naturally he wanted to
blame the group with their old van loaded with equipment and being driven by a
seventeen jear old Poor Roger had a cloud over his head would he be blamed for
the accident- I didn t understand the workings of the law but seven vears I
coutd perhaps accept seven months even seventeen months but how do thej justify
seven years3 At the end the van owner was eventually blamed and the years of
torment were over for Roger The police still decided to prosecute Roger and
during the autumn of 1968 he was found guilty of a driving offence He did not
attend the hearing because he was studying in London.
The road accidtnt
came at the worst possible time for the group They were eac,h studvmg for thtir
levels Michael Dudley wanted to read
(.htmislrv. dt Oxlord Lmvtrsiu and Roatr hid dtctded fmallv to work towards
becoming i dentist 1 he distress might have affected Rogtr s studies since his
A level grades m Biologv ChemisErv ind Phvsics were not db high as expected d
disappointment to his father who agdin walked the cliffs Michael Taylor by now
working as a driving test examiner had a reputation for eccentricity He once
broke his leg when he fell from a motor ccle he was riding around the back
garden1 Roger s A level grades however were still impressive enough to earn him
a place at the London Hospital Medical School.
Hampton is a small
town in Middlesex south west of London one of scores clinging roughlv to the
Thames as it snakes Us way past the streets and national landmarks and
eventually fields out to the North Sea Brian May was born in Hampton at
Gloucester House Nursing Home on July 19 1947 to Harold and Ruth May The family
home was a few miles away in Feltham a town of similar size but composed mainly
of families a few notches down the social scale though the May home was a
typical suburban semi detached in a quiet cul de sac.
There is a
continual grumble and roar in the sky above Feltham because it lies down to
Heathrow Airport. Its economy has developed in unison with the airport: It has
for example three times as many council houses as nearby Whitton. The baggage
handlers, cleaners, taxi drivers and restaurant staff usually settle in Feltham
and walk the streets oblivious to the 747s by their rooftops.
As an only child
Brian May was extremely close to his parents. His father was a draughtsman with
the Ministry of Aviation and they shared many similar interests. One of Brian
May s earliest loves was science fiction comics, the art and graphics of which
along with their peculiar prose was to later influence his music.
His early musical
development began with the ukulele, an instrument his father could play
reasonably well He immediately showed an aptitude and on his seventh birthdav
he was given an acoustic guita.r Brian May was of the same technical mind as
his father, and they both set about altering the guitar to suit his needs. The
action [the distance from the strings to the fret board] was narrowed to make
it easier to play, and by using copper wires and magnets they made the guitar
electric and Brian amplified it by using a home made wireless. The pair also
made a telescope together so Brian could watch the stars above London and Devon
where they went on family holidays Another of their shared hobbies was
photography ind before the age often Brian was developing his own pictures.
Their tidy house
in Walsham Road had an upright piano in the living room and Brian often played
it. He was encouraged to do so and took piano lessons eventualy reaching grade
four. He was extraordinarily adept on the guitar and applied a relentlessly
logical approach to the instrument, listening to songs bv perlormers such as
Lonnie Donegan and Buddy Holly and transplanting the chords on to his guitar.
The Crickets at this point were his favourite group. He was bewitched by their
harmonies and the atmosphere of their records. He was soon picking out the
notes married to the chords and forming a definite lead style.
Brian was an
exemplary scholar and in 1958 left Cardinal Road Infants School to take up a
scholarship at Hampton Grammar School. The all boys school had nearly 1 000
pupils and was recognised as the best of three local grammar schools the others
being Chiswick Grammar and Latimer Grammar. Hampton Grammar, now known simply
as Hampton School was based in Hanworth Road on roughly the same site as the local
mixed comprehensive school, The Rectory, and an exclusive, all girls
school, The Lady Eleanor Holles School.
When he became a pupil at Hampton it had a reputation for austerity. The head
teacher, George Whitfield believed in a pugnaciously formal approach, full
uniform, including caps, had to be worn at all times. Even today the school
maintains many of its rigid values. A polite inquiry as to any prevailing
memories of Brian Vlay draws forth the formal, two line response: Our policy
is not to discuss old boys of the School except with those introduced to us by
the old boys concerned I would therefore suggest that you approach Brian May
directly - G G Able MA (Cantab) MA (Dunelm) Headmaster [underlined]. There was
a great emphasis on getting to university preferably a redbrick one and sod a
career said a former pupil. Careers seemed to be an afterthought there was
such an emphasis on academic achievement. Thinking back though it was a
brilliant education. It was fairly strict for sure but the standards were
extremely high.
It was apparent
immediately that Brian was an exceptional pupi. He could hardly have been
otherwise, such was the support from his parents. They had an unusual level of
devotion to their son and were simultaneously assenting and solicitous. His
friends remember the May household as quiet sober and a friendly place to be;
Harold May was always keen to join in with his son s projects and Ruth May was
on hand to supply the tea and biscuits. Brian s love of astronomy was such that
he was already planning a career involving the subject, and he excelled at
related studies like maths and physics. At Hampton he was placed in the top stream in his vear and had to
take compulsory Latin.
In the late
fifties the acoustic guitar was an essential fashion item for many teenage
boys. For most it was slung conspicuously across the shoulder a useful prop for
a chat with the girls they fancied down at the coffee bar. Even the starched
atmosphere at Hampton Grammar School could not repress this teenage musical
exuberance. In fact, two pupils Jim McCarty and Paul Samwell-Smith, later
became members of The Yardbirds while they were still at the school. Brian May
began meeting with others at lunch limes where they would strum their guitars.
He was the most advanced, and impressed his peers one afternoon with a
remarkably faithful rendition of Guy Mitchells Singing The Blues.
It was fated that
Brian would fuse his interest in music and technology and along with a school
friend, Dave Dilloway, he began lo record songs. Using two tape recorders they
would constantly record from one to the other, layering extra parts down on to
tape. They used guitars and a bass guitar Dave had made himself, and for
percussion tapped out rhythms using bits of Meccano. Harold May became their
recording assistant, soldering together pieces of wire, keeping a check on the
levels, and allowing them to use the family record player as a surrogate
amplifier. They mainly recorded instrumentals, covers of numbers by The Shadows
or The Ventures.
High quality
American-made Fender and Gibson guitars were filtering through to Britains
music shops by the early Sixties. They were highly desirable, if expensive, and
really marked out the difference between spirited amateurs and those aspiring
to professionalism. The May family, with some sacrifice, could have afforded to
buy Brian such an exquisite guitar, but the imagination of both Brian and
Harold May had been fired by the arrival of this sleek wood and mechanical
technology. They decided to build their own guitar and their efforts during the
autumn of 1963 were to form one of rocks most repeated and enduring anecdotes.
Their earnest
endeavour could have been lifted from one of the diagram-by-diagram
explanations in Look And Learn, the
classic childrens magazine of the Fifties and Sixties dedicated to the
wonderment of science and nature. In short, the neck was carved from a mahogany
fireplace; the tension of the strings was balanced by motorcycle valve springs;
the tremolo arm was a discarded knitting needle and the fretboard markers were
mother-of-pearl buttons borrowed from Ruth Mays sewing box. Their only real
compromise was to buy a set of three Burns pick-ups, though they were modified
by the application of epoxy resin. The finished guitar, which cost £17
10s, was christened The Red Special by Brian because of its deep red colour
when polished. Later it also became known as The Fireplace1 Their
meticulously scientific approach meant that the guitar had a unique tonality
which even the most expensive guitars could not emulate. The final testimony to
the brilliance of their labours was that the guitar was built to last: it
formed much of Queens sound down the years and has never been discarded. They
kept showing me the Red Special as they worked through it, said Dave Dilloway.
It was a brilliant piece of workmanship. They had no guidelines, they had to
do it as they went along. It was not the easiest guitar to play, it has a very
thick neck, but it has seen Brian through his career. I irted to make one but
it was a plank compared to Brians..
Dave Dilloway was
extremely close to Brian. They were in the same class at school and spent much
of the weekend at each others houses. Dave would travel over to Feltham from
his home in Whitton, near Twickenham. Every weekend they would spend at least
four or five hours making noises with their instruments. I remember Brian
loved The Temperance Seven, he said. They were an American style group that
played what youd call trad jazz. It was very Vaudeville. He used to buy their
LPs as soon as they came out. Brian had very broad tastes. There was a large
collection of classical LPs at his house which belonged to his parents. On the
same day I recall him once buying LPs by Julian Bream and Jimi Hendrix and
playing bits from both of them on his guitar,.
The lunch time
guitar club at Hampton became the meeting place for pupils interested in
forming groups. Up to ten potential guitarists would converge on an empty
classroom and show one another new chord progressions they had learned. By far
the best players were Brian May, known to the others as Brimi, and Pete
Hammerton, known universally as Woolly, though no one could remember why.
Brian was pretty shy but he didnt mind playing in front of people. said Dave
Dilloway. He didnt make a big deal about it, he certainty wasnt a show-off.
To me, even when Queen made it later on, Brian had to work hard at being on
stage. He always seemed just a fraction away from being embarrassed by it all..
Dave Dilloway and
Brian May decided to form a group and their first real collaboration with
others involved two classmates. Bill Richards on vocals and guitar and John
Sanger on piano Sanger nonchalantly offered his services in class though it was
some time before they realised his piano playing was actually quite advanced
During their earhest shows he played a mini harmonium which was difficult to
amplify and the only sound the others could hear emanating from it was the
constant roar of the motor I had learned to play piano scales and some
classical and was thoroughly fed up with it, so I was glad to join a group said
John Sanger. Everyone seemed to be in and out of bands at the time Various
people were coming together and it was just a fun thing.
Bill Richards had
been taught to play guitar by Brian May who had been a maor force in his
introduction to music. We were interested in blues and pop and sought
inspiration from Brian who was seen as an expert both in terms ot his musical
knowledge and his playing skill said Bill Richards. I was keen to provide
vocals for Brian and Dave for anything from Benny Hill to The Beatle, from The
Mojosto Manfred Mann. One ol the earliest songs in their repertoire was The
Moody Blues hit Go Now which they were able to emulate well by virtue of
having a pianist.
As an early
example of Brian May s pursuit of excellence he asked Bill Richards to buy
himself a better guitar. There was a problem with my guitar which was cheap and
nasty said Bill It fell to Brian to tell me tactfully that if I couldn t get
another one I would have to leave. I couldnt
so I left. To be honest I think Brian was being even more tactful by
underplaying the problem with my vocals which werent right at the time
although he was kind enough to say much later that Id sorted it out. Another
Hampton schoolmate, Malcolm Childs, replaced Bill Richards but he lasted barely
a week (He liked the idea of being in a group but was unreliable about almost
everything -Dave Dilloway) Finally they
settled on John Garnham a rhythm guitar player who had played several concerts
with other local groups He had his own equipment and was already a Pine plaver.
They advertised
for a drummer by putting up a postcard in the window of Alberts Twickenhams
only music shop. Richard Thompson, from nearby Hounslow, called at Dave
Dilloways house and after a quick chat he became the groups drummer. Richard
a former pupil at Spring Grove Grammar School in Isleworth, had played drums
for three years most recently with The Fifth Column who had appeared several
times at youth clubs in the Hounslow area.
They found their
singer at a dance at Murray Park Hall in Whitton. While they were watching the
main group, Chris And The Whirlwinds, they recognised another Hampton pupil,
Tim Staffel. Tim was watching the band and true to blues mythology playing
along with a mouth organ. Both Dave and Brian were standing close to Tim and
could discern that his playing was in tune and fairly proficient. They knew his
face from school and later found out he was in the year below them. He had
already been playing with another local band, The Railroaders, but decided to
join Dave and Brians group. The infrastructure seemed better said Tim. In
Dave Dilloway I think they had a central sense of organization, he was always
knocking together speakers and setting up rehearsals. I think they were
compatible with my character. They both had pretty laid back personalities and
were respecttul to other people.
Tim Staffells
introduction to pop music had been chiefly through Radio Luxembourg, which,
along with Radio Caroline, was the first real manifestation ol a media
specifically for teenagers He had built his own crystal set and spent hours
listening to scratchy songs by the likes of Bobby Vee. In 1961 he had been
involved in a serious road accident and spent many weeks off school while his
broken legs healed. He missed much of his education and returned demoralised
unable to catch up with the rest of his class. He adopted a fairly lax approach
to school afterwards already quite sure his vocation would be artistic rather
than academic. His outlook made him the antithesis of Brian May and Dave
Dilloway. I was more irresponsible in the sense that I was more responsive to
trivia, street culture that sort of thing, he said. Id lived a less
sheltered life than them. There was an element of Bohemia I suppose.. Dave
Dilloway also recognised that he was fundamentally different. Tim was more off
beat more artistic, he said Afterwards he went to art college while we went to
university. He was more fashionable. He was keen, quite perky and full of
ideas. He was quite a driving force more than we were.
After much
thought, the named themselves 1984, George Orwells bleak, ashen prose of
newspeak, doublethink. Thought Police and Big Brother had been a major
influence on a generation 1984 was the band s shorthand for a time of
institutionalised melancholy; it was an ideal name for a pop group. We liked
it because it was futuristic, simple, something catchy and different, said
Dave Dilloway. Me and Brian had thought of hundreds of names, it was a hobby
in itself in a way. When we werent doing that we were doodling on our school
books, drawing guitars all the time. Other contenders as names included the
far inferior Bod Chappie And The Beetles and The Mind Boggles.
During these raw,
formative days, there was already evidence of ideas which would be developed
many years later. In choosing the name 1984, both Dave Dilloway and Brian May
were mindful that the group could be thematic, existing on several levels. We
toyed with the idea of writing a mini-rock opera about 1984. said Dave. We
talked about what stage sets wed have and the lighting wed use. As kids we
would not have been able to generate the finance but if someone had come along
and invested in us 1 think we could have been up there, we could have been
something like Pink Floyd. We were a good team. I was quite technical, Tim was
artistic and Brian was the musical brain. The rock opera was never more than
a fanciful proposal, at this stage they hadnt written a single original song,
but it was testimony to lively imaginations.
1984 were
fortunate to be located within the boundaries of Richmond Borough Council since
it had a progressive view on youth and music. The early Sixties had been
notorious for street violence as the message of rebellion from US rockers like
Jerry Lee Lewis and Elvis Presley was wilfully misunderstood. On the silver
screen it was slick Americanised choreography but the ersatz British version
was a scowling Teddy Boy and a territorial viciousness. Councillors in Richmond
avoided the usual platitudes, and instead formed the Whitton Beat Club. In one
swoop, they effectively disarmed the threat of rocknroll and
institutionalised it in a delightful, suburban British manner. Mr Conmsbee, a
middle-aged man with experience as a Cub Scout leader, administered Whitton
Beat Club. Groups were charged 10s per annum and thereafter were allowed to use
youth clubs and schools in the Richmond area to rehearse. 1984 were allocated
Chase Bridge Primary School in Twickenham, just a drop goal away from the
nearby rugby ground. Brian May would usually be taken to rehearsals by his dad
in the Jowett Javelin car he owned.
Chris
Whittome-Knight, a friend of a friend, was the first to consider 1984 ready for
their debut concert. He booked them to appear in a hall across the road from St
Marys Church in Twickenham on October 28, 1964, and promised them a very
reasonable fee of £10. John Garnham was the only member of 1984 with a
driving licence and vehicle so his tiny bubble car became weighed down with
instruments and amplifiers as he ferried their equipment to the venue. The
concert was a qualified success and another followed soon afterwards at
Richmond Grammar School for Girls; three members of 1984 had girlfriends at the
school and they had prompted the booking.
The members of
1984 were avid music fans and though they were only in their mid-teens they
perused the different venues in west London, anxious lo learn Irom bands on the
circuit. A big influence on them ivas a group formed by older boys trom Hampton
School called The Others, led by Pete Hammerton, who had recorded a brilliantly
raucous single for Fontana Records. Oh Yeah in 1964. There was frequent
interchange of personnel between The Others and 1984, and when Brian May and
Pete Hammerton shared the same stage it was regarded as a treat on the local
scene. Many felt The Others shaded 1984, their sharp, raw R&B, built on The
Rolling Stones maracas shuffle, was certainly highly authentic. Brian May and
Tim Staffell were regulars at Eel Pie Island, a concert hall off the bank of
the Thames in Twickenham, and they also travelled out to the Station Hotel in
Richmond. The scene was burgeoning with talent and in the space of a few months
they saw nascent musical legends like The Yardbirds and The Rolling Stones at
extremely close quarters.
Their own concert
diary began to fill up steadily and 1984 soon found themselves playing at least
one gig each week. They recognised that Brian was their most talented member,
and in fact speculated several times that he might be poached, but the seat
of power within the band was ambiguous. 1 probably did as much of the
organising as anyone, but it was a committee rather than anything autocratic.
said Dave Dilloway. There was no real strong focal point. Wed all sort out
bookings, it would really depend on which one of us was asked. Nothing was ever
written down and it was done pretty much word of mouth..
Richard Thompson
felt the groups strength lay in the vocal harmonies. We were just a normal
cover versions band but the singing impressed me most, he said. Tim had a
strong voice and was also a very good harmonica player.
The harmonies from
Brian and John were excellent. They were a friendly bunch. I suppose I was the
outsider because I didnt go to the same school, but it didnt feel that way.
We played pretty straight music. We used to listen to Pink Floyd, and Cream
were influential later on but at the beginning we were into Chuck Berry and
people like that..
The teen groups of
the mid-Sixties were the early pioneers of rock music in a group format. There
was very little subtlety or guile and most were run on effervescence and
spontaneity. Inevitably, as in any novel genre, there was confusion about the
ground rules. Many bands became almost Vaudevillian in their approach,
believing they should put on a good, lively show at all costs, introspection in its many forms was to arrive
several years later 1984 soon developed a theatrical bent. We did jokey
things, it was all very schoolboyish, said Tim Staffell. Wed have daft
little props like shaving foam and polystyrene bricks. It was an expression of
naivete. I think we thought people would be impressed with that sort of thing
and remember us as a good act. We were competing with lots of other teenage
bands to make a bit of dough on Saturday night. It was all very lightweight and
frothy..
One of their
regular bookings was at the Thames Boat Club on the river at Putney. Sometimes
they played for up to three hours and their equipment was excellent for a local
band; Brian May bought his amplifier from the wages of two summer jobs, one
working in a factory making windscreen wipers and the other, as a clerk at a
fire extinguisher company.
Brian May did not
neglect his studies and when he left Hampton Grammar School in the summer of
1965 he had ten 0 Levels and four A Levels in physics, maths, applied maths
and additional maths. He had been an exemplary pupil, committing himself to a
wide range of school activities. He was a member of the dramatics society and
his first stage role was as a woman, Lydia Languish in Sheridans The Rivals. This was followed by
another role as a woman - a proverbial necessity at an all-boys school - Lady
Mary Lazenby in The Admirable
Crichton. Brian May was also a member of the school choir, secretary of
the debating society, and a senior prefect. His academic brilliance led to him
being offered an open scholarship in physics at Londons Imperial College of
Science and Technology.
Brians
achievement made a four paragraph story in the Middlesex Chronicle where it was revealed the scholarship would
amount to £75 per year.
It was apparent
that the nature of 1984 would alter significantly as they went into higher
education. They were all from respectable middle-class homes and there was no
question that they would eschew their education for the group. Still, they were
too devoted to actually split up, so resolved to adopt a different approach.
John Sanger, though he was to rejoin several years later, left ostensibly on a
permanent basis when he took up a degree course in technology at Manchester
University. He had played just a handful of concerts before his departure. I
had no grand plans to become a star musician, music was a sideline. he said.
At that stage, I would have thought, of them all, that Brian had the makings
of being a success in music..
Tim Staffell was
accepted on a graphics course at Ealing College of Art, so it meant he and
Brian May were still in close proximity and could continue with 1984. Dave
Dilloway was reading electronics at Southampton University but travelled to
west London most weekends on his motorcycle to arrange songs with them. They
also sent cassettes to each other with new parts for songs and vocal harmonies
they wanted to rehearse when they reunited. Brian May started at Imperial
College in October 1965, studying physics and infra-red astronomy. A large part
of his college work was dedicated to interferometry, the study of dust in the
solar system.
Although their
gigging was now curtailed, 1984 were still intermittently back on the roads
around west London at the beginning of 1966, playing covers of Rolling Stones,
Beatles, Yardbirds and Spencer Davis songs. On their version of Yesterday
Brian would sing the lead vocals and the other band members, already impressed
by his guitar playing, were astounded by his strong singing voice. Sometimes
they were duty bound to play marathon shows, providing the entertainment at
functions from 7 pm to 1 am, during which time they would perform up to 50
songs, and drummer Richard Thompson was asked to play lengthy solos to fill in
time. On one occasion they supported a snake dancer and had to share dressing
room space with the reptile. Brian used his contacts at Imperial College and
1984 often played there, usually in a different hall but on the same night as
relatively established groups like Marmalade, Steampacket and Tomorrow.
Dave Dilloway was
able to commit himself more fully to 1984 when he left his university course
after just one year. He had not taken to the heavily theoretical nature of the
course and opted instead to study for an HND in electronics at Twickenham
College of Technology. He had found work with Electronic Instruments Ltd in
Richmond and it agreed to sponsor his studies.
While he was on
the course he met some students who were attached to Thames Television. They
were looking for a group to help them practise their sound engineering. Dave
volunteered the services ot 1984 and during the spring of 1967 they spent a day
at the television studios in Broom Road, Teddington. They recorded a dozen
songs, ten of them covers, the other Uvo different versions of a Brian May/Tim
Staffell composition called Step On Me. It was a very large studio, big
enough for an orchestra. said Dave Dilloway. We did all the songs in the
space of an evening. Brian liked to get his bits right and he stopped a few
times to re-tune his guitar. It was good fun, there was no pressure on us..
The tape was an
excellent snapshot of 1984, except the main sound engineer placed far too much
emphasis in the mix on John Garnhams rhythm guitar, to the point of obscuring
many of Brian Mays lead runs. At one point on the tape, John Garnham can be
heard advising the engineer to turn up his guitar because he is about to play
some lead. In the background, Brian May can be heard shouting. Oh, you
bastard as he realises he is to be buried even deeper in the mix.
Brian May was back
in a recording studio in April 1967 when he was invited to play on some songs
recorded by his old school friend, Bill Richards. Bill had formed the folk/rock
group, The Left-Handed Marriage in 1965 with Jenny Rusbridge, Henry Deval and
Terry Goulds. Unlike Brian, who was absorbed by the notion of the group format,
Bill Richards wanted to establish himself primarily as a songwriter. He had
spent his childhood surrounded by classical music and with The Left-Handed
Marriage as his vehicle, he wanted to write songs merging the techniques of
classical scores with the undiluted pop of The Beatles. In the event, the group
concocted modest, whimsical pop in the mode of Al Stewart or Donovan.
In January 1967
the group released the album. On The Right Side Of The Left-Handed Marriage.
Only 50 copies were pressed on vinyl since its main function was to attract
interest from music publishers. Soon after its release a British publisher
(whom Bill Richards steadfastly refuses to name, though Dave Dilloway remembers
as Ardmore & Beechwood} did indeed contact him. Brian Henderson, an
auxiliary member of the British psychedelic group. Nirvana, had connections
with the company and he championed Bill Richards talents. He suggested that
some of the tracks should be re-reLorded mid Riehurds, realising the music
needed thickening, sent a letter to Brian Mays home in Belmont Grove,
Chiswick, inviting him to quest in the studio. He wrote to me to say hed
liked the tape Id sent him and hoped we would be favoured with connubial
bliss! said Bill Richards.
Originally Brian
May planned to invite the rest of 1984 to perform on the session at a small
studio in Twickenham scheduled for April 4, 1967, but, in the event, only he
played. He provided guitar and backing vocals to four songs: I Need Time,
which later became Give Me Time when it was discovered a song of (he same
name had already been recorded by someone else; She Was Once My Friend:
Sugar Lump Girl: and Yours Sincerely, the latter being fundamentally a
backwards re-run of Give Me Time with lyrics borrowed from the Russian
writer. Pushkin.
The strength of
the tracks encouraged the publishers to invest some money in The Left-Handed
Marriage and they were booked into the prestigious Abbey Road Studios in
Londons St Johns Wood on June 28. Again, Brian May was asked to contribute
and this time he was joined by Dave Dilloway. They were driven to the session
by Terry Goulds dad in a Commer van and were met at the studio by an A&R
man from the publishing company who tailed to spot Brian Mays competence. In
fact, he was completely nonplussed. He certainly didnt know a good guitarist
when he saw one. said Bill Richards. He was sardonic and showed no
appreciation of Brians skills. Someone mentioned a solo Brian had played and
this A&R man said. Solo? What solo? We didnt know whether he meant it
was too short to be called a solo or whether he was being sarcastic. They
recorded just two tracks. I Need Time and She Was Once My Friend. The
publishers stayed interested. said Bill Richards. They said, Dont worry,
boy, we think youve got a good group. Just leave it to us. Somebodys got to
be interested. If EMI dont want it, well take it somewhere else..
Brian Mays work
with The Left-Handed Marriage became more protracted than first expected but he
had pointed out in his first letter to Bill Richards that he would help them
on the understanding that it wouldnt interfere with his commitment to 1984.
Once more the publishers called for another visit to the studio, so on July 31.
1967, The Left-Handed Marriage, now augmented by bassist/pianist John Frankel
and drummer Peter I rout as well as Brian May. recorded at Londons Regent
Sound Studios They laid down three songs, T Need Time, She Was Once My
Friend and a song Bill Richards had written on a trtp to Devon, Appointment.
None of Bill Richards songs were ever placed with an artist and he and Brian
May drifted apart after they had met for the last time at Bills wedding in
February 1969. Bill is now the head teacher at a secondary school in
Buckinghamshire.
Among his group of
close friends, Brian May developed a reputation for forgetfulness and
meticulousness. He was a fiddler, tt took him an awful long time to get his
amplifier right, and his tuning, said Dave Dilloway. He was forever trying to
get his sound dead right. He played a lot of the gigs facing the wrong way.
Hed have his back to the audience as he twiddled the knobs on his amplifier.
Like a lot of very clever people he was not always one hundred per cent worldly.
He was fairly forgetful, his mind was on higher things if you like. He was not
a mad professor type, but he could never remember where hed left his coat.
In fashion terms,
Brian May trailed the rest of 1984, who were all moderately cool in their polka
dot shirts and jackets heavy with brass buttons. Richard Thompson and Tim
Staffell would regularly embark on shopping trips to Carnaby Street and the
Kings Road. In September 1967 the band entered a talent competition at
Croydons Top Rank club and Bnan wore a Royal Marine jacket he had picked up at
Chelsea market. It was the boldest fashion statement he had ever made and the
others expressed mild surprise. Brian was always open-minded with ideas but he
was straight in the sense of being fairly conventional. said Dave Dilloway.
He was probably late in becoming aware of fashion, he was straight all through
the hierarchy of school. I think he managed to sit on the fence for quite some
time and had a constant dilemma between his straight and unconventional side.
He was into all the music and everything but he was also serious about his
studies..
The haircuts in
1984 were basically Beatles mop tops, grown out slightly, so they were
acceptable to both their parents and peers. Brian kept his the neatest It was
to be a few years before he discovered perming lotion and adopted a bubbly
haircut, perhaps to soften his rather angular and spindly physique. The Beatles
haircut was then gone for ever, replaced by a shaggy look which, like his
famous guitar and arched playing posture, was to become an authentic rock
outline.
At their heat of
the talent competition, 1984 played just four songs, The Everly Brothers So
Sad (To Watch Good Love Go Bad), Jimi Hendrixs Stone Free, Buddy Knoxs
Shes Gone and Eddie Floyds Knock On Wood. They were voted the winners and
won a reel of Scotch tape and a CBS album each. Tim Staffelt claimed Simon and
Garfunkels Sound Of Silence, while Brian had to make do with a Barbra
Streisand LP. The Middlesex Chronicle ran
a piece about their success and Brian provided a typically solemn comment: We
want to be able to play well enough to respect ourselves. Unfortunately 1984
were not the overall national victors in the contest so missed out on the first
prize of a recording contract with CBS Records, the competition sponsors.
Their home-spun
dreams of winning the talent competition paled in May 1967 when they were asked
to support Jimi Hendrix at Imperial College. Hey Joe and Purple Haze had
already been Top Ten hits and the concert came just two days after the release
of his third consecutive smash, The Wind Cries Mary. Brian Jones of The
Rolling Stones was backstage with Hendrix, looking particularly gaunt and
sickly, but it was nevertheless an early tinge of glamour for 1984. There was
actually a fleeting contact with Jimi Hendrix when he opened his dressing room
door as they passed and asked Tim Staffell: Which ways the stage, man?.
Some music
business types (no one bothered to ask their names or actual job titles) saw
1984 appear at the London School of Economics in the autumn of 1967 and were
impressed. We were a cut above your average local band and by then we were
quite slick I suppose. proffers Dave Dilloway. These pleasant enough
characters told 1984 they were involved in the promotion of a massive concert.
Christmas On Earth, to be held at the Olympia in Kensington just two days
before Christmas. Although the concert was to feature a bevy of famous names,
among them limi Hendrix, Pink Floyd. Tyrannosaurus Rex and Traffic, they were
convinced they could find a half hour spot for 1984.
The day of the
concert began felicitously when the band were given a clothing budget and taken
to Carnaby Street to buy stage gear. They signed a contract of sorts,
promising, they believed, that they would remain with their new benefactors it
their performance that night brought forth a record deal. Their planned set
would focus mainly on soul covers and, as a mark of respect to a fellow
performer also on the bill, they decided to drop the Jimi Hendrix covers.
December 23. 1967,
turned out to be a lifetime in a day for 1984, a day when they were
unequivocally inducted into the mean realities of lite as a novice rock group.
They arrived at the venue at 3 pm as arranged. During the afternoon and early
part of the evening they had to wait patiently, ever so patiently, while bands
higher on the bill fastidiously ran through their sound checks. Another snare
drum crack, another swamp of echo, another one, two, one two on the mike. It
seemed interminable. They were led to the stage at 1 am, only to learn it was a
false call. Eventually, fourteen hours after their first arrival, they took the
stage at 5 am without a sound check - as the fifteenth band on the bill - and
played to an audience already feeling the first pangs of a hangover from their
excesses of a few hours earlier.
They were pretty
knackered but gave what they considered a reasonable performance. When they
left the stage they discovered their money had been stolen from the dressing
rooms and their vans and cars had been towed away by police. We were all
tarted up, in make-up, with our hair done and we had to walk the three or four
miles to the police compound in Hammersmith. said Dave Dilloway. Our coats
were in the cars, so we were freezing as well. I remember we had to do our
Christmas shopping the next day, practically falling asleep. I look back on it
now as an adventure. After the concert, incidentally, 1984 saw no more of
their recently discovered patrons but were content to get some decent clothes
out of it. Brian Mays interest in 1984 was beginning to wane. He relished his
university course, he was drawing close to his finals, and although an
excellent degree was almost assured, he was still keen lo absorb himself in
studies. He was heavily involved in a project to observe zodiacal light in
Switzerland and supervised the building of a hut on a mountain called Testa
Crigia, near the Malterhorn. He also built his own spectrometer and spent time
in the hut making observations until the extremely cold weather made it
impossible to work.
There were no
scenes with the members of 1984 when Brian May announced he was leaving. He
promised to remain with them or stand-in temporarily until they found a
replacement. We were only doing it for the tun and a bit of pocket money.
said Dave Dilloway. Even if someone had offered us a record contract Im not
sure we would have taken it. I would have been very tempted to stay in my day
job. At that time I wasnt really one for taking risks. Even at the end we were
jusl a covers band, we were happy with that, although Brian and Tim might have
wanted to do more of their own stuff. It wasnt a big deal though. Brian would
put some ideas forward and if we didnt like them hed change pvem slightly or
just leave it..
Richard Thompson
recalls Brian May and Tim Staffell introducing their own songs at rehearsals.
I think they wrote about three or four numbers, he said. It was an issue
that was never pushed. Their songs were excellent, full of tittle harmonies. I
didnt think theyd come up with a number 1 hit, but it certainly wasnt any
old rubbish. There was some good ideas m therebut they were nothing like Queen
songs..
Watching Brian
Mays rapid musical development, the others cove, he had grown out of 1984.
1984 was never a real search for stardom for any of us. said Dave Dilloway. We werent out to break the world of
pop, where Smile had those intentions, and Queen definitely did..
Tim Staffell, who
had quickly learned to play lead guitar with no small degree of skill, took
over from Brian May and also continued to sing. Tim fronted 1984 for about
eight months before he also left to form a new group with Brian. He had
considered 1984 without Brian May as a rather dull band. 1984 always existed
in an environment of change because we were all on the cusp of leaving school
and going to collegesaid Tim Slaffell. It meant we all knew we would have to
readjust so ultimately 1984 was on a hiding to nothingg.
Brian May and Tim
Staffell kept in close contact and it would appear that Brian as the catalst
for their collaboratue song writing. Brian was the first to write a song on
his own said Tim Staffell. He presented it to 1984 as a complete song.
Personally it was a trigger for my competitive instincts. Brians early songs
were far superior to mine. Academically he was far more musical. Sometimes Id
come up with a couple of chords and wed knock them into a song together The
lyrics always came last.
Meanwhile
undaunted by a fluctuating line up 1984 acquired a new singer Richard Marney
and survived for a few more years. They were content to be regarded as a solid
covers group, strictly amateur with a professional bent in performance. They
secured a regular spot at social functions held y Thames Television in their
canteen. John Garnham, his studies over, had returned to west London and 1984
,and his job with Thames Television led to this regular booking. The socials
eventually became infrequent, down to just two each year by the early
Seventies, and without them really noticing, 1984 had died what Dave Dilloway
calls a natural death. A brief claim to fame for Dave Dilloway came in 1973
when a group with whom he was playing. Amity, appeared on the television talent
competition, Opportunity Knocks.
In 1990, the line
up of 1984 which had featured Brian May was reunited by Oueens fan club. They
met at Dave Dilloway s home in Surrey and swapped stories while they sat around
in the back garden. Charactenstically, Brian May was half way down the front
garden path before he realised hed left his coat in the car. He told the
others he had not brought along his girlfriend, Anita Dobson, because he had
not wanted to turn it into a showbiz occasion. Instead, he drank lager from a
can, strummed his very first guitar, an Egmond, which he hid swapped with Dave Dilloway many
years before, and generally seemed to be much the same man they had last made
close contact with nearly twenty- five years before. He is just one of natures nice guys said Dave Dilloway. I was
amazed that he seemed untouched by it all. He is not the big I am. He is very
humble and he came to our modest semi and blended in so well. He is a very good
listener. He stops and listens unlike some people who give you the impression
that they are about to rush off at any moment. He has a hell of a heart in him.
Zanzibar though it
is now known by the name Tanzania, is a remote island in the Indian Ocean
nearly twenty-three miles from the east coast of Africa. The clear, blue sky
has a long lifespan each day and the pace is languid. The islanders let the sun
do their work. They pick the fruit, coconuts and spices, and eke out a modest
living today, much like they did yesterday and the day before.
Bomi and Jer
Bulsara had lived on the island ail their lives and Bomi, a civil servant,
worked in the early Forties as a High Court cashier with the British
Government. He was based at the Beit El Ajaib the House of Wonders built by
the Sultan Barghash at the end of the nineteenth century. The British Empire,
of which Zanzibar was part, was contracting but the bureiucracy of colonisation
was still very much in place.
The Bulsaras
first child, Farookh, was born on September 5, 1946 at the Government Hospital
in Zanzibar. Ihe island iornitd the perfect backdrop to a happy childhood.
Farookh jumped rock pools wnh the other children at the beach and lost all
sense of time as he played in the grand botanical gardens attached to Zanzibar
museum. His father finished work at 1.30 pm each day because it was much too
hot to carry on after that time; it meant there were many family outings. In
their home they would inculcate Farookh with their own Persian culture, reading
to him fabules and legends like The Arabian Nights. Bomi Bulsara was quite well
paid and the family had servants and a relatively high standard of living.
At the age of five
Farookh, moved with his parents to Bombay, India; these regular upheavals ere
part of Bomi s job and for a while they had lived in Pemba, another isolated
island which in the Forties had no electricity supply.
As devout
followers of the Zoroastrian religion, Bombay formed the Bulsaras spiritual
home. India wasely tolerant of other religions and Parsees (the name given to
the adherents of Zoroastrianism) had fled there in vast numbers in the seventh
and eighth centuries to avoid persecution by Muslims. The Parsees formed a strange social mixture. They
adopted the language and dress of the Hindus, but they later acquired a
peculiar Enghshness borrowed from the country s most recent visitors: the
island had been part of the British Commonwealth since 1890. Perhaps the
ceremoniousness of the English way of life and its tea-on-the- lawn civility
appealed to their innate sense of pomp. It may also have been a reactionary
statement directed at their host country.
While the family
(now with the addition of a daughter, Kashmira, born in 1952) resided in Bombay
the worlds seventh most populated city. Farookh was sent to St Peters, an
English boarding school 50 miles away in Panchgani. His school in Zanzibar had
been a missionary school run by nuns but this was a very different affair. In
keeping with the colonialist tradition of imitating all things British, there was
a great emphasis on etiquette. They played crtcket in the sun in lily-white
flannels, meals uere served precisely on time, and vowels were never flat nor
aitches dropped.
Panchgani is a
hill town near Poona of just 3 000 inhabitants. It is far enough away from the
hubbub and pollution of Bombay to give credence to the idea that it is a
healthy environment m which to raise children. So healthy, in fact, that in
1957 when Farookh moved there, it had four schools, two for girls and two for
boys. After taking the slow train from Bombay to Poona, the visitor takes a bus
ride up into the clouds to Panchgani where there is a panorama of gentle slopes
to the plain below.
On the day he
first travelled to St Peters, Farookh met four other boys also on their way
there - Farang Irani, Bruce Murray, Derrick Branche and Victory Rana a grand
name for someone of grandiose ancestry a relation to a king no less. The five
of them immediately forged friendships which would last throughout their school
years.
Farookh more
usually became Freddie to his friends and teachers a term of endearment his
parents also adopted. They even referred to him as such in their message on his
funeral wreath- To our very beloved son
Freddie we love you always. Mum and Dad.
St Peters was
efficiently run, the boys given a sense of freedom and encouragement and the
tolerance shown to the different religious persuasions exceptional though
Church of England was obviouslv the official school faith.
I can think of
nothing ugly about the place or the time we had there said Derrick Branche. I
recall that Freddies and m schooldas were, if not the proverbially happiest
days of our lives, then certainly a time of great joy, for in our innocence we
had a marvellous time..
The school was run
like a typical English public school, and Freddie took his place with about
twenty other boys in the school dormitory. His first public singing was in the
school choir. Its number was complemented by girls from one of the nearby
schools. Indeed, one of these girls formed Freddies first crush, Gita Bharucha.
The five boys who
had met each other at Poona railway station formed themselves into a pop group
and called themselves The Hectics. Freddie was a rather shy, reticent boy and
was happy in the background thumping out basic chords on the ptano while Bruce
Murray took on the role of front man. They practised in a spare dormitory and
soon became the unofficial school band, appearing at fetes and school
functions. Their heroes were Cliff Richard, Elvis Presley, Little Richard and
Fats Domino and they belted out enthusiastic cover versions. Much of it was
plain mimicry, down to the local girls screaming at the front of the stage;
from half a world away they had kept a close watch on America and England.
Freddie was quiet
but not afraid to express himself to either pupils or teachers. His school
friends recall him screaming like a banshee whenever he felt his feelings
were being ignored. He was a good sportsman, excelling in table tennis and
cricket. He also boxed in several competitions at the school, though his tall,
lithe frame was not particularly suited to the sport.
During the
holidays he would return to Bombay to be with his parents. The harbour port
lying in the Arabian sea teemed with people and life and was a fascinating
place for a boy to grow up. Although it was Indias commercial centre, much of
it remained unspoiled and unchanged from centuries earlier. He would slip into
the city, past the beggars and broken-down taxis, and head for the street
bazaars. Snake charmers played their strange reedy tunes, fakirs reclined on
beds of nails as proof of their faith, children begged incessantly, and traders
cried that their mangoes or coconuts were the best in Bombay. At the harbour,
workers toiled in the sun, washing clothes, beating them dry against stone
slabs, naked backs leaking sweat. And out to sea, ships set sail heavy with
tea. cotton and rice.
Perhaps much of
the splendour and ceremony which later became Queens trademark was due to
Freddies involvement with the Zoroastrian religion. He often went with his
parents to the fine temples to worship. Sacred fires were lit in these imposing
temples and prayers said before them as an act of faith. In Iran some fires
have been alight for more than two thousand years and they are tended
throughout the day by priests. Freddie was inducted into the religion as an
eight year old at a ceremony called Navjote. He was given a purifying bath; it
is, believed a clean body pre-empted a similar mind and soul. The priest
chanted prayers while this took place, and afterwards in the shadow of an
eternal fire, the new member repeated prayers and accepted the religion as
revealed by Ahura Mazda to Zoroaster. At the end of the ceremony a sudreh, a
white muslin shirt, another symbol of purity, was presented and a kusti, a cord
made from lambs wool. The kusti was wrapped around the waist three times and
many Zoroastrians wore it for the rest of their lives to remind them of Ahara
Mazda. The final act was to shower the initiate with coconut, pomegranate, rice
and rose petals while he wore his new clothes.
Jer Bulsara was
adamant that Freddie learned to play the piano and she encouraged him to take
lessons at school, for which the family had to pay an additional fee. At first
he did these to placate her wishes but he fell in love with the instrument and
eventually attained a grade five in the examination. It equated to a bizarre
musical antecedence for Freddie. In the town he would hear the florid,
apparently formless drone of traditional Indian music; the cinemas were awash with
expansive Indian harmony songs; the piano lessons at school were based on
classics and opera; and. all the time, pop music was a growing and vigorous
influence.
Despite an
emphasis on sport. St Peters was liberal enough to accommodate boys with
artistic leanings. Mr Davis, the music teacher, used to hold sessions after tea
in the evenings. He would play the boys pieces from operas and readings by
classical English actors like Olivier and Cielgud. Freddie often appeared in
school plays, most notably m Cure For
The Fidgets. He was the doctor and his characterisation included a
suit, tie, heavily framed glasses and his hair swept back from his face.
Whenever I think of Freddie at school, I
always remember him smiling, said Derrick Branche. He seemed to be
perpetually smiling, and thinking of that makes me smile too..
St Peters, in
keeping with a general public school education, imbued boys with certain
qualities and traits. Freddie himself acknowledged that above all else it had
taught him independence, to fend for himself. It also gave him a certain
conceit, an imperviousness, and it was probably an important factor in his
sexual development. Statistics show that homosexuality, as far as it was ever
possible to equate it with any social grouping, was more prevalent among people
from single sex boarding schools. Like any tendency, homosexuality depended on
availability and especially in a teenagers formative years, the all-male
environment would almost tne inevitably have led to same-sex experimentation.
Freddie showed an interest in girls, but out of necessity his adolescent
happiness, sadness, sensitivity, hopes and desires were played out almost
exclusively with males.
While he was at St
Peters, Freddies parents moved back to Zanzibar. After his 0 Levels, of
which his best grades were in Art, English and History, they were reunited when
he went back to Zanzibar to live in their new flat. He arrived home to the
usual serenity; servants ironing his clothes, domestics helping his mother in
the kitchen. It was a peaceable, uncomplicated life. Unknown to Freddie, the
country was on the cusp of radical change. Britain was in the long process of
disengaging its colonies and permitting countries to elect their own sovereign
government. Zanzibar was comprised mainly of Africans with smaller social
groupings of Arabs and Indians. In the autumn of 1963 an election was held and
an Arab party came to power.
Africans in
Zanzibar, many of whom assumed Zanzibar was their rightful territory because of
its close proximity to the continent, were irate. They formed their own party.
Afroshirasi, and assumed they would win the next election. They did not come to
power at the next two hastily arranged elections and they naturally became
suspicious of the balloting procedure. Nevertheless, the British Government
handed over rule of the island in January 1964 to the Arab Sultan, just weeks
after it had been declared an independent state.
Like much colonial
business, too much had been left in abeyance and the British departure created
social havoc. The Africans, exhausted by a flawed mandated system, resorted to
violent means and a revolution broke out across the island. Many of the
remaining British and the indigenous Indians feared for their lives and quickly
left the country. The revolt eventually led to Zanzibar being united with an
area on the African mainland formerly known as Tanganyika; together they became
Tanzania.
The Bulsaras,
carrying just two suitcases crammed with clothes and belongings, fled to
England, a country on whose behalf Bomi Bulsara had served most of his life: n
country they trusted and which they covertly revered, believing it to stand for
decency, dignity, impeccable fair play. They contacted relatives already living
in England and early in 1964 arrived at Feltham, a small town hidden on the
west side of London. Falling within the county of Middlesex, and now trapped in
the cheese wire grip of the M25, it is just a few miles south of Heathrow
Airport, part of the ultimate urban sprawl that eases into the more sylvan,
suburban charm of Sunbury, Staines. Chertsey, VValton-on-Thames and Esher. It
is served by Hatton Cross tube station, which aside from Heathrow Central, is
the most westerly point on the whole of Londons tube system.
The contrast between
Zanzibar and Feltham could not possibly have been greater. The weather was
perpetually damp and overcast, the only flora was privet hedges and sycamores
in the municipal park, and people went about their business in drab clothes, in
the archetypal starched British manner. Freddie Bulsara was the quintessence of
exotic foreignness, a unique seventeen year old, but to people living in
Feltham he was another swarthy youth; he might have been a Pakistani,
Bangladeshi, or from any other far away country where Britain was begrudgingly
fulfilling its empiric obligations. Either way, the welcome was muted. The
Bulsaras could make of England what they wanted, or go home if they didnt like
it.
Freddie, who was
still spending hours stabbing out paintings and drawings, decided to aim for
art college. He signed up for a fashion and art course at Isleworth Polytechnic
in west London. Every day he would line up with the other teenagers and travel
on one of Londons famous red double decker buses to Isleworth a small town
between Hounslow and Richmond upon Thames In later years Freddie rarely spoke
of his early days m England and many believed it was a time of particular
melancholy The move would have certainly caused traumatic cultural confusion
and while there was no evidence of bullying Freddie quashed his natural
exuberance and hung low his head with the others at the bus stop.
The Bulsaras put
down a deposit on a modest house in Feltham and Bomi found work as an
accountant with one of the major employers in the area the forte catering
company. Freddie, like many students worked m the summer holidays firstly in
the kitchens at nearby Heathrow Airport and then in a warehouse at Feltham Trading Estate. The other workers
commented on his delicate hands and Freddie was soon using thts perceived
fragility to his own gain he was excused most of the heavy work and they did it
on his behalf. When the warehouse staff asked the college boy what his plans
were for the future Freddie told them he was to become a musician this was the
first time he had been overt about his dreams.
Freddie saved his
earnings but announced one day to his mother that he wanted to give most of it
away .She had been depositing the cash on his behalf at the Post Office and he
had accumulated about £70. He told her a friend was about to be evicted
from his flat and desperately needed money. He asked her to draw out £50
and when she asked if he would get it back he shrugged his shoulders. It was an
early example of the generosity for which Freddie became famous. In later years
such altruism came easy it invariably did with fabulous wealth but Jer Bulsara
saw the early episode as a snapshot of his personality. That was his way always
generous always thoughtful of others she explained.
After Isleworth he
was accepted to study graphic illustration at Ealing College of Art and in
September 1966 he moved into a rented flat in Kensington. He had to travel a
few miles through Londons maze of streets to reach Ealing each day but it at
least allowed him to escape Feltham and a family from which he was growing
increasingly alienated.
His timing was
impeccable. The year, 1966 the summer and autumn especially was halcyon a
unique cultural explosion across the boundaries of art, music, fashion and
literature. London, the famous borough of Kensington and Chelsea in particular,
was its epicenter. The capital was a blank canvas, a naked body, an open stage,
an empty page and the world waited with a rare urgency to see how it would be
embellished.
Ealing College of
Art had a rich tradition: Pete Townshend of The Who and Ron Wood of The Faces
and The Rolling Stones were former students. The course was roughly divided
between illustration, graphic art and advertising. It was a progressive
syllabus, focused on a multi media approach which was later adopted at most
colleges. It was no, however, a premium London art college to match St
Martins, Slade, Camberwell, Hornsey or the Central College, and it is
noteworthy that three of its most famous ex-students were pop musicians and not
artists. While its outlook was liberal some students felt the tutoring was too
relaxed and overlooked much of the basics of graphic design. On completion,
students received a diploma from Eahng but tt was not an actual Diploma of
Education (Dip. Ed) which most of the other colleges awarded.
Freddie though
much emphasis has often been placed on his artistic bent, was a mediocre
student.t He did not have the perseverance to apply himself to the humdrum of
graphics and much of his course work was ordinary. He was undisciplined and
spent too many hours indulging himself drawing fellow classmates in grainy
almost child-like-detail. He had no delusions about his own work fellow
students recall him roaring with laughter at his own paintings and drawings. He
was, like many art students, primarily out for a good time the scent of
bohemianism more pungent than an academic inclination. He would have been
better suited to a course in fine art it was more akin to his erratic nebulous
ideas.
In 1967 Freddie,
like millions of other teenagers discovered Jimi Hendrix. He saw him as the
embodiment of cool and began to dress like him constantly drawing his portrait
- the contorted face, heavy lips, headband, wire wool hair, upside down white
Fender Stratocaster - the image was everywhere, filling all the available space
on the walls of his flat. Freddies entire wardrobe was based on Hendrix, down
to the tightly knotted chiffon scarves he wore in the cleft of his neck,
hanging loosely down to a multicoloured silk shirt, but the attire was nothing
out of the ordinary, not by London 1967 standards at least. Freddie wasnt an
outrageous flamboyant personality at all, said a fellow student at Baling,
Graham Rose. He was as skinny as a pencil and used to wear tight jeans or
crushed velvet trousers which made htm even skinnier But what he wore was no
different from what we were all wearing at that time. On the whole he was a
quiet guy, though he was prone to fits of giggles.
The rare times
Freddie showed any streak of exhibitionism was in his impersonation of Jimi
Hendrix. He would either use a T-square or ruler to represent the microphone as
he ran through an animated impression, purple haze all in his brain. He was, however, generally
wary of the spotlight and had an attack of stage fright at the end-of-year
college fashion show. He had agreed to model an outfit comprised of a two-tone
brown acket and a shirt made of fur and plastic. He got half-way down the
catwalk, stopped suddenly, and ran back to the anonymity of the curtains.
At Ealing Art
College Freddie gravitated towards Tim Staffell, who was by then an established
member of 1984 with Brian May. They had much in common. 1 think both of us had
the tendency to draw but we didnt have real artistic quality, not like the
guys who turned up on the first day with brilliantly drawn portfolios and all
their plans mapped out, said Staffell. College was like a starting point for
us both. It was a time of readjustment, we were two people being created in a
way. Students on the same course remember Tim Staffell wearing a pair of steel
toe-capped boots which he had polished with an emery cloth until they shone
like chrome. Cartoon characters were then daubed on to the steel. He had a deep
interest in science fiction and the work of the English nonsense poet Edward
Lear.
Like Tim Staffell,
Freddie Bulsara was becoming obsessive about rock music. The capital was alive
with groups and venues and Freddie was anxious to take it all in, Bands and
artists like The Who. Alexis Korner and Georgie Fame would appear at west of
London venues like The Attic in Hounslow, the Rikky-Tik in Windsor, and such
was the profusion of clubs, south west London had three top-notch venues, the
Eel Pie Island Club on the Thames at Twickenham, St Marys Ballroom in Putney
and The Crown pub in Richmond, where promising new groups like Rare Bird would
appear. Freddie was also a regular patron of the music club held during lunch
times at Haling College where, among the many guests, were Chicken Shack and
Tyrannosaurus Rex. I went to some of the concerts with him and after one he
said to me that he too would be a pop star one day, said fellow student
Gillian Green. It was just a throw-away remark. Everyone seemed quite
flamboyant back then, making outrageous statements, so it was nothing new to
hear someone talk like that..
Tim Staffell, who
was as close to Freddie as anyone at this time, saw few, if any, of the
outrageous qualities he was to later adopt. The Freddie Mercury Queen persona
just wasnt there at Baling. said Tim Staffell. When I was at college I was
naive, egocentric, ignorant - and my experience since has led me to believe
that so was everyone else. We were all searching for mutual growth, fencing
with each other if you like. Freddie was much like everyone else, except I
remember him having a more dry sense of humour. I thought he was more cynical
than everyone else. He was mildly cynical at a time when people werent cynical
at all. He was not destructively so, it was a humour device..
As they progressed
through the course, the students competed with each other to see who could
dress the most shockingly. Freddie painted all his finger nails black and it
became part of his image around college. Although he was known for his
high-pitched cackle, extravagant mannerisms, and a certain epicene quality, few
of his contemporaries considered him to be homosexual. David Bowie had made
androgyny chic, and to a lesser extent homosexuality had been sanctioned as a
valid statement of liberation. At least one other student on Freddies fashion
course had been homosexual and there would have been no real reason to hide his
feelings; in fact, it might have earned him a certain kudos. Freddie was very
easy in the company of women, very matey, said Gillian Green. I dont think
he was concealing that he was gay, because I dont think he was at the time. I
know of girls he went out with and I know for a fact he had a relationship of
about six weeks with one of them.
He was known for
his expressiveness, but most people knew him only on a superficial level. He
revealed very little about himself or his background. He was very easy going,
said Gillian Green. He had a lot of bon homie, but there was a lot he kept to
himself. He was shy in many ways and used to blush quite a lot, and then get
embarrassed because he was blushing. On one of the rare times he spoke of his
past, Freddie eulogised life in Zanzibar to another student. John Matheson, and
promised to one day take him there so he could see such beauty himself. Gillian
Green found Freddie of a very different disposition on the extremely rare
occasions he mentioned his past. He talked about his background as it it was
repressive and enclosed. she said. You could tell he didnt like talking
about it. He said he was so glad they had come to England. He could not
understand why his parents had made so little attempt to integrate. He was a
bit scathing actually, about how they could come to this country and make so
little effort. He told me they could barely speak English. They seemed to want
to disappear but he didnt..
Aside from the
shock of a new country and culture, the Bulsaras had suffered a great blow to
their dignity. In Zanzibar and India Bomi Bulsara had been a fairly
high-ranking official, mixing in diplomatic circles, and with enough wealth to
afford servants and pay for Freddies privileged education At Fortes he was a
down-table accountant; it was perhaps understandable that, unlike Freddie, they
would pine for their former life. Through their religion and circle of Parsee
friends they were attempting to build a small bastion of Zanzibar in Feltham.
Freddies public
school education precipitated his estrangement from his parents which was
completed when they moved to England. There was a harmony between them again
before Freddies death, and indeed his funeral was in accordance with the
Zoroastrian faith, but their relationship in life, if not death, was shallow.
Without a past,
and with a family fused to the shadowy background, Freddie was able to become
whatever he wished. He never spoke with Tim Staffell of his family, and Tim did
not detect a trace of him being different or trying to find his feet. The
obsession of the times was self-discovery and Freddie capitalised on this. His
parents had inadvertently left him the widest canvas imaginable; with a swish
of a cloak, or feather hoa, Freddie was about to devour life, and the times
when he would look over his shoulder were so seldom as not to matter.
The genesis of a
rock group owes much to chance and Queen s passage was of greater convolution
and implausibility than most. The core of a band is best forged in the school
yard youth club or neighbourhood, where the protagonists find others to make
music with, stay friends, develop at the same pace and share the same vision
long enough to play a few concerts and ultimately make a record. The four who
became Queen shared an inventory of unlikely concidentes and this after they
were denied the luxury of coming Irom the same neighbourhood.
Individually, they
were each exemplary players who had undergone thorough apprenticeships, though
Freddies was somewhat condensed and all four had d certain personal confidence and ambition. They were drawn
together magnetically, first to London, then to one another and it is
impossible not to see their formation as uncanny at the very least. Rock music
draws its very lifeblood from such splendid accidents. While it remains
imprecise, impulsive, open to chance, it thrives; after that usually by the
third album- it is often moribund waiting for the non- accident of death.
The four teenagers
who later became Queen found themselves walking the sunlit streets of London or
sweating in the stale heat of the Underground in the summers of 1967 and 1968
Ostensibly they were in (and around) the capital to study and where Brian May
and John Deacon were concerned they studied very hard indeed. But they were
also seeking lives which were faster brighter and more rexvarding than those
they had left behind with the tidy driveways manicured lawns and family saloons
of provincial England.
Roger Taylor began
his degree in dentistry at the Rojal London Hospital Whitechapel, in October
1967. The first part of the course was devoted to pre- clinical work and was
based solely within the hospital. He moved into a flat in Sinclair Road
Shepherds Bush in the west of London behind Kensington Oljmpia this impressed
his fellow students since they mainly found lodgings m the poorer areas near
the hospital in east London. Roger moved in with a friend from Truro, Les Brown
who had begun his course at Imperial College a year earlier and was already
sharing his flat with two other male students.
During his first
year Roger did not join a group in London but in the summer break of 1968 he
returned to Cornwall for some unfinished business. The Reaction had not wound
up after the road accident, indeed they had held a meeting and categorically
decided to continue, though they obviously had to break up temporarllv while
Roger and Michael Dudlev were away at university. Incidentally Michael Dudley
had initially been offered a place in London University which would have meant
he could continue playing music with, Roger but he was later accepted at Oxford
and went then, instead. He was to become one ot a ood number uith ahd claims
that late had frozen them out of consideration tor Queen.
Roger Taylor and a
good friend of his from Cornwall, Rik Evans, hatched a plan to state itinerant
concerts. Rik had started as a labourer with Penrose Marquees, a small Cornish
business first established in 184O. The company owning just six marquees had
come up for sale and Rik bought it during the mid Sixties. He and Roger shared
the same love of music, indeed Roger was a regular visitor to Riks home where
they would listen attentively to Jmi Hendrix albums. In the summer of 1968 they
promoted a series of happenings under canvas on the beaches throughout
Cornwall. The Summer Coast Experience featured a self made psychedelic
(everything in 1968 was prefixed by this adjective) light show and an
appearance by The Reaction, all for the princely sum of five shillings.
Roger Taylor, with
Rik Evans assistance, was now a veritable cottage industry. Before each show he
would drive around in a Mini van pasting fly posters on any available wall.
Perranporth beach was popular with surfers and they tried to make shows
coincide with the finals of surf competitions. One of our best nights was a
gig al Perranporth, said Rik Evans. The local life saving club had a barbecue
and the beach was packed out with about 5OO people. We used to sell cans of
Coke at the entrance to the marquee, it went down really well that night. The
owner of the beach did not share their enthusiasm dnd was upset to see them
making such healthy profits on his land; he petitioned the council to have them
banned.
Other nights on
the beich tour were not so successful, especially one at Trevellas Cove, just a
few hundred yards down the coastline from St Agnes. The route to it was along a
narrow path, through a derelict mine-working area. The chances of the area
being granted permission to host such an event were less than nil, but Roger
and Rik were undeterred and scornfully worked outside the confines of proper
legality anyway. It began to rain heavily and the generator packed up.
Someone trekked to
the nearest house and asked for permission to plug into their electricity
supply. A long trail of wire was laid down to the beach, via various plugboards
and puddles, to allow the band to switch on. Their efforts went cruelly unrewarded
- only five paying customers turned up. I have a vivid memory of this one
rocker dancing on his own, splashing about in all these puddles; it was a
desperate scene, said Rik Evans.
Inevitably, when
Roger left Cornwall to return to London in the autumn of 1968. The Reaction
drifted apart for good. Michael Dudley played chamber music at university
before falling in and out of blues bands down the years. He is now an executive
with the Prudential Insurance Company in London. He often ponders on how life
would have progressed if his destination alter leaving Truro had been London
and not Oxford: I would have been delighted to have kept up the music career.
Mine and Rogers whole life was playing in those bands. That was everything to
us, apart from chasing women. Rick Penrose was asked by Roger to join him in
London and play music but he turned down the offer: he was married with a
mortgage and needed a degree of security. Rick later joined a cabaret group
called Memory Lane and has worked full-time as a musician ever since.
The summer frolics
of 1968 had focused Roger, and he returned to the capital determined to form
another band. Les Brown told him of a note pinned to a board at Imperial
College seeking a Ginger Baker/Mitch Mitchell type drummer. Roger contacted the
name on the card and within a few days received a letter from Brian May. The
note was typical of Brian; precise, thoughtful and serious-minded. In
unambiguous terms it outlined exactly the type of person the group required to
fill their drum stool.
Tim Staffell and
Brian May had adopted a radically different perspective since their days
together in 1984. The distance between 1964 and 1968 was spectacular in its
effect on Britains youth. Helen Shapiro had been superseded by Julie Driscoll.
Billy J. Kramer by Jim Morrison, The Shadows by Cream. The coyness and ready
conformity was gone forever, and Brian May and Tim Staffells ideology
reflected these changes. Individuality was everything and in support of this
free expression, their new group would write mainly their own material, or
interpret others from a unique panorama. Tim Staffell had adopted the concept
of a group called Smile as part of a college project and built a graphics
campaign around it.
Brian May was
still obligated to his studies, however, and this meant his commitment to Smile
was always vaguely compromised, though it was still tangibly a different
undertaking from 1984. It is fair to say there was serious intent with Smile,
said Tim Staffell. Long-haired musos were not the flavour of the month when we
were around our parents and we had to keep a low profile sometimes. Brians
folk wanted him to keep on with his academic career. If we hadnt have had to
keep up that fagade, everyone would have seen we were really going for it..
Roger Taylors
first audition for Smile took place at his flat in Shepherds Bush. Brian and
Tim turned up with acoustic guitars, which was fitting since Roger had left his
drum kit behind in Truro and had only a pair of bongos to hand. They struck up
a friendship immediately, spoke the same language; of ambition, of an earnest
devotion to good music, and of a quiet, but perceptible assurance. They
played together at volume for the first time in the Jazz Club room at Imperial
College. Roger was bloody brilliant, said Tim Staffell. We were bowled over
and were both thinking: This guys great. He was punchy and flamboyant and
really showed up my bass playing..
Their
personalities fused immediately and they quickly developed an innate confidence
in their union. I was always more of a vulgar kind of person than Brian, said
Staffell. Brian was laid back, a gentleman. Straight is not really the right
word, he was just more gentle. I was more rough around the edges as a person.
My relationship with Brian was kind of gentle but when Roger turned up he was
more like me, or somewhere half-way between me and Brian. Roger turned a
straight line into a triangle. It created a tight self-contained unit and with
it the bands own personality. Roger was lively and exciting and running on
adrenaline. He was always up. He was physically a drummer and also of that
nature as a person. Smile were really enhanced by Rogers energy..
Their first
concert was quite a scoop, supporting Pink Floyd at Imperial College on October
26, 1968. Pink Floyd had broken out of their trippy London clique with See
Emily Play, a Syd Barrett-flavoured Top Ten hit just a few weeks before their
appearance at the college; it was an auspicious start for Smile. With only a
handful of their own completed songs, they resolved to re-write other peoples
music. Delighted to tag themselves progressive, it gave them a licence to
drag out basic rock songs into twenty-minute jams, with numerous changes of
pace and the introduction of their own bizarre chord changes, not unlike Pink
Floyd in fact. They went down well, schizophrenic rock invariably did in the
late Sixties.
Imperial College
had a fine reputation for promoting exciting groups and Smile, as the
in-house band, were often given support slots. This allowed them to develop
their material in front of a receptive audience and they soon became a tight,
intriguing band, blending intricate vocals with rock dynamics. Since the advent
of Cream and The Jimi Hendrix Experience, trios were very much in vogue. unlike
a few years earlier when any group with fewer than four members was considered
under powered.
Brian May had
actually completed his formal degree studies at Imperial. He had received his
Bachelor of Science (BSc) certificate from the Queen Mother just two days
before Smiles debut show in support of Pink Floyd. He continued to give
tutorials at the college and worked on his PhD thesis. Staying in London also
allowed him to be near his new girlfriend, Christine Mullen, a student from the
Maria Assumpta Teacher Training College in Kensington whom he would eventually
marry. They had met through one of Rogers girlfriends, Jo, a flatmate of
Christines, and the pair were inseparable.
Smile soon picked
up two important allies. Pete Edmunds, an old school friend of Brian and Tim,
became their roadie after selling his MG sports car to buy a van, and John
Harris, a friend of a friend, became the sound engineer because he had a
penchant for repairing amplifiers. John Harris became extremely close to the
band, an invisible member in fact, as he shaped their sound from the mixing
desk.
During the early
part of 1969 Roger and Brian were finally introduced to Freddie Bulsara, Tim
Staffells friend from art college. Despite having once lived less than a mile
from each other in Feltham, Brian May had not met Freddie until they were
brought together by Tim Staffell. Freddie was liked a great deal: he was
effusive, full of ideas, and in his white satin trousers he was the model of
Kings Rood vogue. He attended rehearsals and became a regular feature in the
van as they traveled to shows. He had a keen eye for the theatrical and his
counsel was respected, though he was sometimes dismissed as a bloody nuisance
when his advice became too didactic. No one thought to ask from where Freddies
wisdom emanated, they just accepted that it was inborn. 1 dont think Ive
ever met someone so outrageous since. said Les Brown. He was very
enthusiastic about everything, I mean amazingly so. I remember he once physically
dragged me into a room and made me listen to this soul record he really liked.
No one admitted to still liking soul at that time, it was all rock, so I
suppose he was showing his catholic taste..
Roger Taylor
contacted an otd friend from Cornwall, Peter Bawden, and Smile were soon back
on the live circuit already well trodden by The Reaction. Those weekends in
Cornwall were highlights ol our time with Smile because everyone used to make
such a great fuss ol us down there, recalled Tim Staftell. It always became a
great social thing with lots of drinking sessions, it Wiis all so much more
relaxed than in Loncio i, and everyone was so kind, inviting us to their homes
and to parties and so on..
Peter Bawden was a
close friend of Roger Taylor and helped organise most of their escapades in
Cornwall. He was eight years older than Roger with a wealth of experience in
the music business. He had played guitar in The Staggerlees, a Cornish band
signed to Oriole Records in the early Sixties. They had undertaken several
national tours supporting early British rockers like Joe Brown, Shane Penton
and Paul Raven, later to become Gary Glitter. They folded after a road accident
involving their van, following which Peter returned to Cornwall to set up
Eclipse, an agency booking nationally known bands into Cornish venues. He also
started PJs Club in Truro, named after himself, Peter John Bawden. He was at
the heart of the Cornish scene, and his experience of the music business was
quite rare in the South West; to Roger Taylor he was irresistible. Roger was
the sort of guy, who, if he met someone as interested in music as he was, he
was absolutely passionate, he said. We used to talk about what bands to book
into the club ynd he was always full of enthusiasm. He was different from the
rest, very dedicated to the music and he never varied..
Together they
organised Smiles early shows in Cornwall. Brian May sometimes stayed at Peter
Bawdens house or the band would make their way back to Rogers mothers house
in Truro. Peter Bawden had been an admirer of The Reaction but he felt Smile
had more of an edge: They were good a lot of their stuff they kept on with
when they became Queen. Tim was a super guy a pretty straightforward rock
singer. At the time I didn t think they were missing anything but when Freddie
came along he was obviously in a different ball park.
Roger Taylors
mother Win who later remarried and took the surname Hitchens was happy to have
the band stay at her house. I always found Brian to be very sincere, she
said. He was the quiet, vegetarian type though I dont think he actually was a
vegetarian. Brian was always a bit forgetful. He turned up once without his
guitar and Roger was not best pleased. Of them all Freddie was the quietestaind
shyest one. He was not a conversationalist at all. His clothes were always
spotlessly clean and he seemed to be able to lay his hands on a pair of white
trousers at any time. He was always effeminate but we used to say, Oh Freddie,
just go on with it. He had longish black hair and they were all wearing fur
coats at the time. They stood out d bit in Cornwall. If I was out shopping with
my daughter and we saw the band wed sometimes hurry the other way.
Friends of Roger
Taylors from Cornwall, including Peter Bawden, would often visit him in
Shepherds Bush. I stayed with him in his flat a few times. He hadnt changed
at all. He adapted to London life as if he was born to it. Cornish
parochialism was still alive and well though, as Rick Penrose discovered: Id
left my car parked outside Rogers and when I got up in the morning there was a
piece of paper under the wipers. I thought it was a parking ticket at first but
it turned out to be a letter from someone. It said something like I couldnt
help but notice your Cornish number plate if youd like a cup of tea with a
fellow Cornishman my door number is so and so I coutdn t believe it!.
The Cornish
contingent took to Rogers new friend, Freddie Bulsara with sincere warmth. I
found him to be one of the genuinely nicest people I have ever met in my life,
said Peter Bawden. I remember I was walking through Kensington Market a few
days after Id first met him I heard someone shouting my name and when I turned
round it was Freddie and he just wanted to say hello. He had no need to do
that, but he had made the effort. He was a delightful man in every respect.
There, was however some puzzlement as to Freddie s sexuality. I was obviously
aware of his campness, but I never saw him as homosexual said Bawden. To me it
was all an act I suppose they were an unusual pair because Roger was very
straight and Freddie was so effeminate. I always saw Freddie s manner as a
typical London affectation. He spoke like someone in the film business.
Smile continued to
support established groups in London Early in 1969 they played shows with
Tyrannosaurus Rex, Family and Yes. Many thought that Smile bore a strong
similarity to Jon Anderson s symphonic rock quintet. Les Brown used to often
tag along to many shows. It was a great way to get into dances for free he
said. Id seen The Reaction back in Cornwall and Smile were better than them.
Tim was my kind of man really into science fiction and sirrul ir things to me.
He was very serious, very intense. It took me longer to get to know Brian. Im
not sure whether I properly felt relaxed with him. I think he took the group
more seriously than Tim or Roger.
The Entertainments
Committee at Imperial College was asked to assemble a bill for a charity show
at the Royal Albert Hall. Smile were added to the roster for the concert in aid
of the National Council For The Unmarried Mother And Her Child due to take
place on February 27 1969. The trio had been rehearsing with an organ player,
Chris Smith, but on the way to this prestigious show they told him they didnt
feel sufficiently rehearsed with him, so he was asked to sit out the
performance; he never played with them again. The bill was impressive and
included Free, Joe Cocker, Spooky Tooth and The Bonzo Dog Doo Dah Band. Smile
were pleased if surprised to be higher on the bill than Free, who had already
signed with Island Records and were rehearsing tracks for inclusion on their
debut album, Tons Of Sobs, released later that year.
The event was
compered bv DJ ohn Peel though he has no recollection of introducing Smile or
the music they made. Smiles entrance to this grand arena was absurd .Tim
Staffells guitar lead was too short and by the time he moved forwards to the
microphone it had sprung out of the amplifier and trailed on the floor. It meant
there was no thundering power chord beginning and his plight was compounded by
his not wearing an shoes or socks on a stage littered with splinters. They
opened with a version of If I Were A Carpenter and continued with their own
song, Earth, a cover of Mony Mony, and an obscure blues number by Sonny
Terry and Brownie McGhee called See What A Fool Ive Been, which was later
the B-side to Queens single, Seven Seas Of Rhye*. Smile were loud and brash
and bluffed their way through such a lavish occasion. It was an exhilarating
experience but one they knew was really well above their station.
The relative
success of Smile quietly impressed Roger Taylors fellow students at the Royal
London Hospital. In his general manner they thought him nothing out of the
ordinary, but his burgundy velvet suit and wilful nonchalance had not gone
unnoticed. He also sat at the back of lectures and soon began to make it clear
that he was disillusioned with the idea of becoming a dentist. He told them he
would prefer life as a rocknroll star and they noticed a Smile sticker on his
dental anatomy folder. He was a very ordinary bloke, said fellow student
Peter Rowan. 1 know others used to watch him play gigs around London, but it
wasnt a big deal or anything. It was something to fill the time. While some of
the students were into bird watching, Roger had his rockn roll thing..
The pin-up of the
course was a student a couple of years older than the others called Sue Morgan.
There was mild surprise when she began dating Roger. At first I think we saw
him as this country boy coming to London. said Rowan. He was a nice bloke,
too good looking for his own good though. Sue was a very attractive girl and we
were surprised when he got off with her..
Roger Taylor
confided in Peter that he was thinking of changing courses, perhaps to study
biology at Londons Queen Mary College. He was still set on a life in music,
but realised he needed an alternative career plan. His apathy had not gone
undetected and it was clear the tutors wanted to force the issue, and they
began to single him out for special attention. Ron Fearnhead, a respected
figure in dentistry and the author of a seminal paper on the structure of tooth
enamel, was holding a class and began quizzing Roger. He asked him, Whats
this? and pointed to a bone between the eye and ear, recalls Rowan. Roger
said it ivas the zygoma which was correct. Ron then asked him what was the
meaning of the word in Greek and Roger replied, Is this a dentist exam or a
fucking Greek exam? I think, after that, there was an obvious feeling that
they were out to get him. He
was throwing away his chance of becoming a dentist and chucking away his career
1 suppose. It quite impressed me in a way..
Until this point
Roger Taylor had made a reasonable contribution to the course. He was one of
about 40 students learning their way around the human body, concentrating
mainly on the head and neck. They were split into groups of four or five and
each given their own corpse to work on throughout the year. They were this
horrible black, slaty grey colour and there was this all-pervading stench of
formaldehyde, said Peter Rowan. They were asked to respect the corpses, but
rumours persisted of students who had carved pet names for the deceased, usually
oe or Fred for a man, into their torsos. Some allegedly skipped with
entrails, or amputated arms to hang later from tube trains; any of this
malarkey and students were threatened with expulsion.
Roger Taylor
largely kept thoughts of Smile and his future to himself, and did not involve
the other students in his plans, though Les Brown for one guessed that he was
more ambitious than he let on. Peter Rowan also saw the pop star potential in
him: It would be harder to imagine a plainer bloke, though 1 suppose he did
look a bit like a pop star. He had a full head of hair and was skinny. Our
heroes back then were bands like The Who and the Stones, I thought they were
all getting on a bit and rock had had its day. I remember thinking Roger had
missed the boat..
After the Royal
Albert Hall performance, Smile returned to the capitals less salubrious clubs
and bars, varying their live work with intermittent forays into Cornwall. Roger
Taylor had earned a great deal of respect during his days with The Reaction, so
the billing in the South West usually centred on his appearance -Roger
Taylors Smile or. on one celebrated occasion, The Legendary Drummer of
Cornwall. Roger Taylor And...
In April 1969 they
performed at the trendy Revolution Club in Londons Mayfair and afterwards were
approached by Lou Reizner, a talent scout for Mercury Records. They were
flattered by Reizners interest and signed a recording contract almost
immediately. The whole deal was completed within weeks of the meeting, such was
Smiles resolve to release a record. The contract, as the band recalled, was
initially for one single only, but no doubt included options for Mercury to
release more (on its own terms) if the single was a success: few major labels
would launch a new group without holding exctust ity on an artists first few
albums.
Smile were helped
in securing the deal by Peter Abbey, a friend of Roger Taylors on the same
dentistry course who held aspirations to manage rock groups. Peter Abbey
looked at the contract and said it was pretty good, said Tim Staffell. It must
have been reasonable because it didnt turn out to be anything crippling. It
was a toe in the water contract just Mercury putting in a small amount of dough
to see what happened.
Although Reizner
was later to make a name for himself as a producer, most notably of Rod Stewart
s first two solo albums, he introduced the band to another producer, John
Anthony, and booked time at Trident Studios in St Annes Court, off Wardour
Street in Soho. The elegantly coiffeured John Anthony, like Trident itself, was
to later play a large part in the destiny of Roger Taylor and Brian May. John
Anthonv was a bit of a lad, says Tim Staffell. He was a nice guy but what Id
call a music business person. He was amusing and a bit dangerous with a small
d, he liked to be thought of that way. He was a leather-trousered kind of
guy. In the studio he was more like a film producer, dealing with the practical
logistics. There was an engineer, Pete Kelsey, and he pretty much worked the
desk. Youve got to remember this was the very beginning. We were relatively
naive and suddenly exposed to the big time blown away by it all in fact.
Smile mistakenly
assumed their career would be uniformly organised now they were signed to a
record deal. They were completely oblivious to the indeterminate nature of the
business. After recording three songs at Trident Doing Alright, Earth and
Step On Me - they heard very little until suddenly it was announced that two
of the songs uould be coupled together as a single, but only for the United
States. In August 1969 the Tim Staffell song, Earth a fresh and tuneful slant
on the pervading astronautical obsession (Tim Staffell was a self confessed
spate nut from years earlier) was chosen as the A side with the brisk Step On
Me, a song written bv Brian May and Tim and planned originally for 1984, on
the reverse. The single release must have seemed a bizarre marketing move; any
groundwork done by Smile had been in the UK, in London to be more specific and
their name meant absolutely nothing in the United States. Nevertheless, similar
tatties had recently paid off for Deep Purple, whose debut single Hush had
become a US hit well before theyd crossed the Atlantic. No such good fortune
attended Smiles US debut which was released without acclaim and few noticed
its existence.
In a sudden change
of direction, Mercury decided Smile were an albums band and they were asked
to record more tracks, this time at Kingsway Studios in Holborn, London. Brian
and Tim had spent the summer working on new material and with producer Fritz
Freyer they put three songs on to tape - the beautifully twee Polar Bear, a
jumbled sub-Deep Purple exercise called Bla and a cover version of a banal,
winsome song called April Lady on which Brian May sang vocals. Smiles canon
of songs was reasonably strong and with a certain refined distinction, but they
did not gel together well as d
bod of work. Mercury Records passed on the option of releasing an album but
kept the tapes in its vaults for more than Uo decades before releasing a Smile
EP in Japan only, to satiate the demand for its curio value to Queen fans.
Smile with
laudable fortitude resolved to find a niche as a live band. They were each
notable players with an undoubted stage presence and their audiences were
growing larger, albeit only by a handful at each London show. The were taken on
by the Rondo booking agency in Kensington High Street which had successfully
established Genesis on the live scene. Tim Staffell had done some graphics work
on tickets and posters and Rondo was pleased to reciprocate with the occasional
gig.
Mercury Records
had still not completely jettisoned Smile, and at the end of 1969 they staged a
showcase concert at the Marquee club in Wardour Street. They were the main
support to Kippmgton Lodge, the forerunner of Brinsley Schwartz, and an early
foray onto the music scene for Nick Lowe. Smiles thirty minute performance was
tight and accomplished, but the audience was impervious. The night was intended
to galvanise Smiles career, but although unspoken at the time it was an early
catalyst in their pending dissolution.
Brian May vas
enjoying markedly better fortune with his academic career. By the autumn of
1969 he was absorbed in his second year of
post graduate studies concentrating solely on astro-physics. Before his
second tear he had been invited to join a research laboratory based at Jodrell
Bank, Cheshire, run by Professor Sir Bernard Lovell. It was quite an honour
since onl ten students each year were asked to do either a one-year MSc or
three-year PhD course at the centre. Brian rejected the offer because he wanted
to study zodiacal light under Professor Jim Ring at Imperial College. The
astronomical equipment which had previously been used by Brian and his
colleagues in Switzerland was moved to Tenerife, on the slopes of Mount Teide,
the extinct volcano which forms the Island. The students lazed in the sun, swam
in the sea, and still found time to write two papers based on their research
which were published in the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society.
By February 1970,
with Brian May spending weeks out of the country studying in Tenerife, it was
apparent that, for Tim Staffell at least. Smile had run its course. Although he
was later to be portrayed as foolhardy, or at the very least unnecessarily
impulsive, Tim Staffells decision to leave Brian May and Roger Taylor was made
with a cool and considered heart and mind. He did, after all, leave Smile, not
Queen. Smile were a solid rock group in a floundering, ill-conceived record
deal, with few friends in the music business. The machinery and personnel which
would later propel Queen to stardom had barely started to fall into place.
Their only real resource was the natural but raw talent of its future players,
namely Brian May. Roger Taylor and, on the sidelines, their mutual friend
Freddie Bulsara. This talent, of course, was later nurtured and goaded, and
then promoted and sold, but no one was selling Smile, not with any intent.
In elementary
terms, Tim Staffell, like thousands of musicians before and since, started to
believe, quite simply, that he was in the wrong group. Through friends at
college he had been introduced to black American soul music and the standard
rock and blues approach of Smile suddenly seemed bland and predictable. He had
also become aware of the bass and drums as a rhythm section in its own right,
and the creativity of rhythm in soul music appeared limitless. I was beginning
to get a rather jaundiced view of the music we were doing and my own approach
to what I was playing on the bass, he said It caused this sense of tension
within me and I was not enjoying the direction in which we were moving. I heard
James Brown and thought, God! and I was drifting away from the way English
bands had always made music. I was trying to assimilate that music but I had no
proper bass technique. Basically, I had changed musical tracks completely..
He attended
several auditions while he was still a member of Smile before announcing to the
other two that he was leaving. Roger and Brian might have thought, This
bastard has let us down, but I don t recall it that way, he insists. Im the
type of person who usually feels guilty about things like that but I don t
remember feeling that way when I left Smile. They must have accepted my reasons
I had my own agenda by that poin.t I was heading towards something I really
wanted to do I really had the feeling that I was going from strength to
strength.
Tim Staffell did
not believe he had left a group on the cusp of stardom, or one with even a good
chance of it. While he felt their music had certain qualities, he was sceptical
about their chances of success. They each worked together well, but missed a
pragmatic element. We really liked playing and didn t really stop to think it
through, he said. It needed something external. We were a little self-
indulgent in a way. The missing factor as he realised later, was, Freddie
Bulsara. He brought with him an image (I am a blue jeans, hole in the knee,
heads down musician, - Tim Staffell); a master plan a hardness (with a soft
centre); and a self- absorption: Brian May and Roger Taylor might otherwise
have skirted around the edges of triumph for ever, components of a band a notch
or two above mediocrity.
The legacy of
music left behind by Smile, however should not be quickly dismissed. The
handful of songs captured on tape have endured surprisingly well. In fact, many
fans are incredulous as to why the Smile EP has never been given a proper global
release. Mercury Records would be within its rights to do so, and would
obviously garner extensive sales; some have speculated that clandestine
manoeuvres have seen the material dismembered from the pre Queen catalogue. The
tracks were under produced and digressive; but teemed with promise. Elements
which were later brilliantly realised by Queen were already present- the unique sweeping vocal harmonies, the bold
dynamics, and the polished impudence. It is difficult, for example, not to
regard a track like Step On Me as the natural precursor to Killer Queen or
Blag to Brighton Rock; they are at least cousins.
Of most poignancy
is the similarity in the vocal style of Tim Staffell and Freddie Mercury.
Clearly any clique of friends with music as its touchstone will rouse some
(subliminal or otherwise) stylistic mannerism, but anyone who considers
Freddies operatically-tinged voice unique should listen closely to Tim
Staffells vocal inflexion. The May/Staffell song Doing Alright1 was included on
Queens first album and Freddie used Slaffells vocal dynamics on the track as
a direct template for his own.
For some time
after the release of the first Queen album, several of Tim Staffells friends
asked whether he had contributed some of the vocals. We were all In the same
peer group, so there might have been some copying, but my hackles rise at the
suggestion that 1 might have borrowed from Freddie, he says. I was always
very aware of what 1 was doing with my voice and how I sung. Regardless of any
dissent over similarity of technique, it is apparent that if Freddie was to
provide the foreground to the outfit which became Queen, the background had
already been colourfully painted by Smile. Tim Staffell, incidentally, has had
remuneration for his part-contribution to Doing All Right; down the years he
estimates he has received up to £20,000 in royalties. There has never
been any question of Queen eschewing their financial obligations to him.
Tim Staffell
joined Humpy Bong, a group formed by Colin Petersen, the drummer who had played
on the first six albums by The Bee Gees. Petersen had been a television star in
Australia during his childhood when he played the mischievous scamp, Smilie.
Humpy Bong was basically a front for the management aspirations of Petersen and
his wife. They hand-picked the group and attempted to shape it into a bubbly
hit machine. Their atrocious name was taken from an Australian town, allegedly
one of the first to be discovered on the Australasia sub-continent. Within a month
or so of leaving Smile, Staffell appeared on Top Of The Pops to mime to the bands one and only single.
Dont You Be Too Long. Though Tim Staffell must have been unaware at the
time. Humpy Bong were even further away from the music he really wanted to
make. Their lively but superficial honky-tonk pop was a good deal more
indistinct than Smiles and the band fell apart Within a few months.
Tim Staffell later
played with the English folk singer Jonathan Kelly, whom he considered the
largest single influence on his life. They had been initially brought together
by Petersen in Humpy Bong. After another appearance on Top Of The Pops, his work with Kelly came to an abrupt end when
Kelly left music to become a Jehovahs Witness. Staffell moved on to Morgan, a quartet
led by former Mott The Hoople organist Morgan Fisher, which recorded for RCA in
the mid-Seventies, playing what he describes as: keyboard based, strange,
contrived music. He finally left music in the late Seventies to concentrate on
a flourishing business as a freelance animator and model maker.
Tim Staffell has
always slept easily on his decision to opt out of his collaboration with Brian
May and Roger Taylor. I have never regretted it. he said. I have regretted
not being a musician, but not leaving Smile. It was good that I got out of the
way because otherwise Queen would not have existed and the world would have
lost a whole bunch ofquahty music. Smile wouldnt have done it..
Mercury Records
was left with a band that had lost its singer and main songwriter and whose
guitarist was living sporadically out of the country, so it was no surprise
that Smile were released officially from their contract in the spring of 1970;
this had already happened in practical terms a few months earlier.
While Smile had
been earning respect for their earnest, committed, and promising endeavour,
Freddie Bulsara was still very much the dilettante. In the summer of 1969 he
left Baling College of Art with a diploma his work only just merited. During
the last year of the course the idea of joining a group had become fixed in his
mind. He bought a cheap electric guitar and Tim Staffell taught him the
rudiments of playing. Freddie strummed out chords as a rough backing to the
vocal melodies passing through his head. Unlike the other members of Queen,
Freddies musical development was brief, telescoped into just a few short
years. He lived life at full tilt, too brisk for the insufferable torpor of the
next church hall gig and a two-line advertisement in the local paper.
Freddies first
proper group was Ibex which he joined immediately his course had finished in
the summer of 1969. Ibex had moved to London from their native Liverpool in the
belief that a change of location to the home of the music business would bring
them some luck. The farthest they had travelled thus far had been to appear at
the Twisted Wheel club in Manchester and their press kit comprised of one
cutting, a snippet from the Widnes
Weekly News about them sending a tape to Apple Records and hoping The
Beatles would single out a fellow Liverpool band for stardom. This was at the
time when The Beatles had promoted Apple as some kind of anti-establishment
rock Utopia, and even suggested that all who sent in tapes would achieve certain
fame, perhaps even commensurate with their own. Somewhat predictably,
cassettes, manuscripts, paintings. Rims, all manner of artistic outpouring from
the nations youth, arrived by the van load three times a day, piling up in
sacks in their overcrowded offices in Savile Row. Ibex didnt get a response.
They were a trio
comprised of guitarist Mike Bersin, bassist/vocalist John Tupp Taylor, and
drummer Mike Miffer Smith. They had arrived in town with a close friend
elevated to managerial status, Ken Testi, a mover and shaker, on Liverpools
music scene. Ibex were a local response to the popularity of groups like
Cream, Free and John Mayalls Bluesbreakers. said Testi. At the time virtuoso
ability was coming into fashion. We had moved on from The Beatles format. I
was very keen to help these chaps who I admired greatly. I never really wanted
to play myself, I wanted to be near the music, but I never actually used the
term of manager..
Unknown to Freddie
(as if he cared!) Ibex had gone through the usual complex machinations of
personnel before he joined them. Ken Testi had been in the same class as the
group members at Wade Deacon Grammar School for Boys in Widnes. In their first
incarnation they were known as Colour, a five-piece containing Mike Bersin and
John Taylor along with Gordon Fraser (guitar). Ken Hart (drums) and Colin
McDonnell (vocals). The advent of progressive music had a catastrophic effect
on the musk &cene at the end of 1966 and many were cut off by the tide.
Colin McDonnell, still wearing a neat shirt and cravat, was asked to leave
Colour. The situation had grown so venomous that the rest of the band were
hissing Tommy Stecle at him behind his back. The remaining members
amalgamated with two singers from another VVidnes band, Paul Snee and Johnny
Cannon. These were a few years older and married, and within a few months had
to leave to spend more time with their wives and children.
Colour later
became Ibex, although Gordon Erasers tenure with the new group was short.
Gordon, standing at six feet three inches tall by the age of thirteen, was
prodigiously talented, both on guitar and as a painter. Unfortunately, his
enigmatic disposition was increasingly difficult to properly channel into the
group and he soon left. Mike Bersin, who had hitherto mainly played electric
organ, moved to guitar and a local milkman-cum-drummer. Mike Smith, replaced
Ken Hart on drums. It was Mike Smith who suggested the name Ibex. At the time
he was unaware that it was the name of a wild goat, but thought it sounded cool
and appropriately Dadaist. Like many young people at the time, he had adopted
the anarchic Dada art movement of 1915-20 as the natural brethren of
progressive rock.
Ibex were ahead of
their time in Liverpool which was still gripped by the amiable, simplistic
meter of Merseybeat and Tamla Motown. They wanted us to play Irish music or
country and western. said John Taylor. They didnt want us lot. bedraggled
and wearing fur coats, playing Hey joe. We used to end up playing songs like
Green Green Grass Of Home just to keep them happy. The band made friends
with Robbie Savva, a local guru of electronics. He invented a device which
would allow sound to be passed from speaker to speaker in rotation. Pink Floyd
were later to call the gadget an Azimuth Co-ordinator but Ibex, along with
Robbie Savva and his various fuzz boxes, were making outlandish noises in pubs
and clubs on Merseyside without any notice. In fact, they discovered that other
local bands, like The Microbes, formed by some fellow ex-pupils of Wade Deacon,
were faring much better in suits, ties and presenting opportune soul revues.
London beckoned
and in Ken Testi Ibex had someone with the forte to make it happen. He had
already set himself up as a teenage promoter, organising several dances while
still at school. He knew his way around the dark corridors and fluorescent lit
offices of clubs like The Cavern where Billy Butler played records wearing his
Sgt Pepper suit and the galvanising force of The Beatles was still fuel to dreams.
Ken was great. said John Taylor. He was always a nice guy, quite sharp and
always well organised. He had an eye for most things and was a good promoter..
Ken Testi had
passed his driving test before the others and it fell upon him to drive their
battered van - MOT tests had not yet been introduced, but Robbie Savva had
primed the engine - to London. Kens girlfriend, Helen McConnell, had moved to
London to study and she put up Ken and Mike Smith at her rented house in
Sinclair Road, Shepherds Bush. Her sister, Pat, was a student at the Maria
Assumpta College and she offered room space to Mike Bersin and John Taylor at
her flat in Batoum Gardens, just off Shepherds Bush Road. Ken, then aged
seventeen, had only been to London twice before, firstly to see Fleetwood Mac
play at a hotel in Croydon and he also hitched down for Creams farewell
concert at the Royal Albert Hall. We were very naive I suppose, he
reflects. We were just four lads buying a ticket for the summer. We thought we
might end up as pop stars, or wed go back home at the end and go to college.
We were explorers, and there were a lot of them about in the late Sixties. It
was all very Dick Whittington..
The group often
expanded when Geoff Higgins travelled down from Liverpool to appear with them.
He would play the bass guitar when John Taylor picked up the flute. John had
borrowed the flute some time before from the music room at school. Mike
Bersin was the leader of the group, but John Taylor, despite being the least
skilled player, provided much of the groups character. Geoff Higgins had made
his debut with them a few months before at the Cavern and Taylors introduction
to the debutante was hardly understated. It was my first ever gig, at the
Cavern of all places, and my legs were shaking, said Geoff. He announced me
as Geoff Higgins, who needed no introduction, as if I was famous. He was a
complete head-the-ball, he just didnt care..
Ibex
opened their live set with Sonny Boy Williams Help Me and the rest of the
material was either blues covers or their own renditions of Jethro Tull songs
like Waltz For A Cuckoo or Bachs Bouree. Mike Bersin had a strong distaste
for Beatles songs and was adamant that they would not include any in their
set. Ironically, when Mike later became a friend of Freddie, one of the first
songs they played together was a cover of The Beatles Rain. Ibex were a
cheerful, easy-going bunch, happy to fall into situations. One night, while
still back home in Liverpool, they travelled in their van to see Howlin Wolf
appear at the Free Trade Hall in Manchester, They did not have tickets but when
the security staff saw a van full of young people draw up, they thought they
were either the support group or part of the sound crew, and they were waved to
the back of the venue and escorted to the stage. The members of Ibex spent the
rest of the night in the wings watching a blues legend from extremely close
quarters.
On the first day
in London they parked their van by a phone box. Address book in hand. Ken Testi
began to ring around people in the music business. The band pressed their faces
to the glass, anxious to listen.
Hello, is Chris
Ellis there please?.
This is
Chrysalis. Can I help?.
Concerts were
difficult to secure and apart from an audition at the 100 Club in Oxford Street
and a couple of shows in Richmond, their diary was almost empty. In fact, two
dates Ken had arranged before he left for London, both in the Lancashire town
of Bolton, were the only immediate shows of note.
Ibexs timing had
been wretched; the student venues had closed down for the summer and much of
Londons youthful population had returned home for the holiday. It was a
summer of getting knocked back. says Testi. It fast became quite difficult.
The sisters neighbours were starting to get uneasy when underpants appeared on
the washing line and their landlords were becoming suspicious..
A rare propitious
night came at the celebrations for Pat McConnells birthday. She had earlier
seen a band called Smile perform at Imperial College and was smitten by their
good looks, especially those of their drummer, Roger Taylor. She persuaded the
set of friends that her birthday drink should he in The Kensington, a pub just
off Holland Park Road. She knew that Smile and their friends often drank there
and was keen to engineer a meeting. The two groups could not have been more
dissimilar. Ibex were in scruffy jeans and T-shirts, while Roger, Brian, Tim
and Freddie were in their fineries, silk scarves and fur coats. To a degree we
were the archetypal hicks from the sticks, but music, like love, conquers all.
said Ken. We had a dialogue straight away through our love of music, We were
all a bit rough and ready but they werent cocky with us at all .
At closing time
they all headed for Pat McConnells flat where Brian May picked up Mike
Bersins guitar and amazed him with his playing. Smile had been recording demos
at Trident Studios and played Ibex the work in progress. They just played a
few tracks, recalls Testi. They were very, very impressive. The vocals were
absolutely brilliant and there was no doubt in my mind that I was in the
presence of something very, very special. It really was blisteringly good.
Freddie, incidentally, already knew the songs intimately and was harmonising with
Tim Staffells recorded voice as they lounged around the flat.
Without a distinct
role in Smile beyond that of advisor, Freddie began tagging along with Ibex,
proffering advice as to how the sound could be enhanced, how the stage show
could have more impact. The band were all reasonable players but had few ideas
about visual presentation and none of them enjoyed singing particularly; it was
clear that Freddie would be invited to audition. They auditioned him in the
music room at Imperial College and it was with a certain inevitability that he
became their new singer.
Freddie was now
living with Tim Staf fell, Brian May and Roger Taylor at a rented house in
Ferry Road, Barnes. The members of Ibex were regular visitors and the ground
floor they occupied became an impromptu drop-in centre. Geoff Higgins met
Freddie for the first time when he woke up, still considerably stoned, on the
chaise longe. I was totally out of it. he recalls- There had been a howling
gate outside and Freddie walked past me and over to the mirror above the
mantelpiece.
He just announced
to the mirror. Oh God, I havent been out looking like this. have I? I
couldnt believe it..
Ibex rehearsed
frequently at Imperial College and Freddie dedicated himself to the group.
Their set was now composed of incompatible cover versions by artists like The
Beatles, Yes and Rod Stewart. Their opening song was a cover of Elvis Presleys
Jailhouse Rock which Queen later adopted for their own live shows. It allowed
Freddie to indulge in gleeful histrionics, but for some time the rest of the
group ivere unsure about Freddies stage antics. He used to ponce around and
he was really embarrassing. Higgins stresses. We were begging him. saying.
Treddie. would you please stand still? but, boy, were we wrong and was he
right..
The general trend
was unard; a rather more staid, po-faced delivery, but their appeals for
Freddie to turn down the energy went unheeded. There was a massive cultural
difference between Freddie and the others, said Testi. He was very
fashionable and particular about his appearance. The most amusing relationship
was between Freddie and Mick Smith. Mick was a milkman from Widnes, as rough as
a bears arse and well-built with it. Freddie was this very nice scholar type
chap with a much slighter build They became very good friends but they took the
piss out of each other mercilessly- Freddie could be quite raucous at times but
generally he opened our eyes both musically and artistically. He made a massive
impression on all of us, even to this day..
The shows in
Bolton were to prove the high point of the summer for Ibex. Richard Thompson,
Brian Mays old friend from 1984, was working for an air freight company at
Heathrow Airport and managed to loan a new Transit van in which Ibex could
travel north. John Taylor had found work at a record shop near Piccadilly
Circus which stayed open until the last hippie had fallen asleep on the
pavement outside and they had run out of tracks to set the turntable spinning.
John Taylors shift did not finish until midnight so they left the capital soon
afterwards.
The journey to
Bolton did not take as long as expected and on arrival Ken Testi was to see a
juxtaposition of style and image which he would remember for the rest of his
life. Freddie clambered out of the van wearing a cut-olf granddad shirt, fur
cape, Victorian scarf and satin trousers. As this peacock arranged his clothes
on the pavement, a crew of workers finishing a night shift streamed by in their
dirty, grey overalls.
The tour of Bolton
began on Saturday. August 23, at the recently built Octagon Theatre in the
centre of the town. The concert was held at lunch time, arranged on the lines
of an arts workshop. It was apparent that Freddie had improved the band
dramatically. Their performance was slick and Freddie covered every inch of the
stage. There were only a handful of people there, but Freddie was immediately
there the minute he walked on stage. said John Taylor. His presentation was
great, vi.sually amazing. Hed been striking these poses at rehearsal but this
was great. I was genuinely stunned by him. His voice was a bit rough, but that
didnt matter loo much it the time..
The next show was
at an open air festival in Boltons Queens Park. While Freddie, his body still
poured into skeletal white satin trousers, was the focus of attention, his mode
of apparel had influenced the rest, including even the stoical Mike Bersin who
had taken the stage in a gold lame cloak made specially for him by his mother.
Relations in the band were generally fine, but there were some disagreements
and they saw evidence of Freddies forceful nature. We rowed a few times but
it never got too bad. said John Taylor. He was always strong and could hold
his own. He was certainly very determined. I remember, when Queen properly got
going, they used to have flaming rows. I thought that all of them had that bit
of steel that it takes. There would always come a point where they would lay it
on the line,.
Freddie was
already revealing tendencies towards pretension in Ibex. At a concert at St
Helens Technical College he ordered a lackey to find him a full-length mirror
so he could properly adjust his trousers. The dressing room was actually the
college kitchen but Freddie held no truck with such downbeat reality. He spent
half an hour tampering with his velvet trousers before taking the stage.
Freddie wore his trousers so tight that it was almost impossible for him to sit
down while wearing them. Several friends often caught him taking furtive
glances around the room before he would quickly zip down the fly to allow him
to bend down without bursting the seams.
The curious
dichotomy between Freddie Bulsara on stage and off stage was already apparent
to the other members of Ibex. On the boards, even the secondary ones they were
treading. Freddies persona was grand, his gestures lavish and drawn strongly
like a cartoon in marker pen. He held the stage as his own, territorially, with
a majestic sense of confidence. Backstage, in the broom cupboard and kitchen
dressing rooms, he was small again, often smaller than the rest of Ibex. His
fringe was used to hide his eyes, he covered his protruding leeth with his hand
when he smiled. He would speak to the well-wishers drawn magnetically to the
band, but he didnt have much to say and his voice was sometimes barely above a
whisper. Occasionally, though, he was a scaled down version of his stage self,
itchy, impatient, loaded with ideas. He was a very up person and a very
funny character. said John Taylor. He was always very interested in people
and often turned up with quite exotic types in his company..
Josephine Ranken,
a friend of Freddies whom he had met at art college, was invited to travel to
Widnes with the band. An eccentric girl, out-size in every aspect, she had her
own idiosyncratic sense of style which ran to wearing bright purple lipstick.
She knew dope dealers with monikers like The Strangled and sometimes dressed
like the principal boy in a pantomime. She was typical of the characters
Freddie seemed to collect during his lifetime; she was different, and gave as
good as she got. I thought I was in for a time of mad glamour but I spent the
night sleeping on this floor in Widnes, she recalled. I remember waking up.
opening the curtains and staring across to a chemical works..
Josephine soon
detected that Freddie was uncertain of his sexuality. His relationships with
girls tended to be brief, and Josephine was privy to some gossip about his
liaison with a beautiful girt on the same course, Rosemary Pearson. As far as
I know they slept together just once, but I heard, not to put it too crudely,
that he couldnt get it up. she said. He thought he liked women but it took
him quite a while to realise he was gay..
She noticed that
Freddie would often speak about homosexuals; they clearly fascinated him,
though he never revealed that he might be attracted to men. On one occasion she
invited him along to visit a homosexual friend with the pet name of Pixie.
They travelled together to Acton in west London with some cream cakes to share
with Pixie, a handsome lecturer in his early thirties. Josephine was neither
match-making nor testing Freddie, it was simply a trip to visit someone whose
company she enjoyed. She was shocked by Freddies response when they arrived at
the house. Pixie was a very nice queer - we didnt use the word gay in those
days ~ really fun to be with, she said. He certainly didnt make any advances
to Freddie but he was only there a short time before he fled. He had wanted to
meet Pixie but I dont think he could face up to the feelings it caused Inside
him. He was obviously terribly interested in homosexuality but was afraid of it
as we!!. E suppose he was squeamish and frightened ol accepting himself as
gay..
Freddies interest
led him to make regular visits to a gay household near to where he lived in
Barnes. He was not open with friends about his interest in homosexuality,
indeed it would have been difficult for him to articulate feelings he could not
properly interpret himself. He wrote a letter to a friend at this time and
protested that someone had referred to him as a fully-fledged queer At this
stage he was learning the parlance of being gay, its nuances, codes, ethics,
its carnality and spirituality. He could excuse this interest as the dalliance
of a liberal mind, drawing in the multiplicity of existence; a hazy,
meaningless description for a state of being which, like music, later became a
lifeblood.
Friends from this
period found Freddie fun to be with and recognised his unusual charm, but he
was also self-centred and egotistical. He could be quite petulant, he
certainly sulked quite a lot. said Josephine Ranken. He was not a
particularly intelligent person, he was frivolous and rather silly, not someone
of great profundity. You had the feelmg that he wanted to be famous but wasnt
really sure how to go about it. He was certainly in the wrong place at art
school, his work was pretty poor..
Freddie was
clearly extremely ambitious and unlike many of his peers he refused to fall
into a drink or dope stupor, in fact he rarely smoked pot and was content to
sip the odd glass of port and lemon. His aspiration was evident and several
acquaintances suspected that beneath his dandy persona was a shrewd, unusually
cool business mind. He did not have the kind of aptitude that could be applied
indiscriminately, it had to be on his own terms, but there was definite focus;
given the backers and the breaks he would not flounder. He was not unpleasant,
he wouldnt have climbed on anybody to get to where he wanted to be, said
another college friend. )ohn Matheson. He certainly wasnt ruthless. ! was
glad when he went on to make it because there were other people from college
who have done extremely well and they were much, much worse than Freddie..
Mike Bersin was
astonished by Freddies vanity; not a minute passed without him adjusting some
item of clothing or rearranging his hair: He really seemed to understand that
to get somewhere, to be a star I suppose, that you had to look right. He was so
conscious of his image, it was unbelievable. I suppose he was just very
determined. He found Freddies personality to be a mixture of piercing,
sometimes crude melodrama, and. alternatively, thoughtful gentility: He could
be incredibly helpful at times, a real gentle guy. It depended on what mode of
behaviour he happened to be in at the time..
Freddies
dalliance in music allowed him to conceal further his ethnic background. He had
already reinvented himself during his passage through art college, but he was
anxious to lose his surname which was too much of a clue. He suddenly announced
that he wished to be known as Freddie Mercury. It seemed as if Farookh Bulsara
had never really existed. Calling himself after the messenger of the gods was a
move of incredible pretension, but it was done with just enough knowing irony
for the others to accept it as typically Freddie.
After Freddie left
his flat in Kensington to move in with the others in Barnes he got on
particularly well with Roger Taylor, and in the summer of 1969 they took over a
stall at Kensington Market where they sold odd pieces of art and antiques they
had acquired chiefly from friends. Like most aspiring musicians they needed to
earn money to cover their rent and food and the market provided relatively easy
cash. They paid £10 per week to rent the stall and relished the banter
and barter with the stall holders, many of whom were themselves aspiring
artists, singers, writers or actors,.
The pair did not
really have any experience in trading in antiques, or even junk, which was how
most of their friends described their wares, so they decided instead to sell
second hand clothes. The market was quite chic - Julie Christie was
occasionally spotted perusing the stalls and Steve Howe of Yes was a regular customer. More usually,
greenhorns from out of town and tourists desperate for a slice of hip London
walked the aisles and they were often willing to pay inflated prices for
clothes they could have bought for a fraction of the price at a local jumble
sale. Freddie and Roger, both frivolous clothes horses (Roger and 1 go poncing
and ultrablagging just about everywhere and lately weve being termed as a
couple of queens, wrote Freddie to a friend at about this time) and
instinctively knew which items to stock: they had previously been convincing
fashion victims themselves. On one occasion they bought a hundred fur coats
from a rag merchant in Battersea for £50 and later sold them for up to 8
each.
Their stall,
though much mythologised. was extremely small Some of their friends referred to
it as the telephone box, though, with more than a tinge of irony. Freddie and
Roger described themselves as gentlemens outfitters. The quiet periods of the
day were enlivened by the use of a devious periscope device they had set up
near the till area which offered a revealing view of girls changing into
mini-skirts, halter-neck tops and knee-length boots at the side of a stall
opposite theirs.
The semi-detached
house where they lived in Ferry Road was called Carmel and it quickly became
notorious among their friends. It was little more than a squat where friends
could meet, lounge on any one of the mattresses scattered around, and smoke
reefers. It had previously been home to people of quite different tastes -the
garden was floodlit by green fluorescent lights and everything, from the ornate
name sign on the wall to the cheap nylon curtains, was a model of kitsch. There
was never any food in the cupboards, only tea bags and milk in the fridge, and
a large dustbin was left tn the middle of the kitchen floor. When the smell
became too hideous to bear, the least stoned resident would drag it into the
yard. At any given lime it was almost impossible to discern who was paying the
rent or passing through.
The occupants
drank jasmine tea, smoked a great deal of marijuana, ate hash cakes and
sometimes strummed an acoustic guitar propped against the wall. The dope was
hidden in the jasmine tea and each week someone was allotted the job of
separating the different leaves. Freddie, who usually refused to take any kind
of drug, became accidentally stoned one night when he drank the tea before it
had been sifted. He was not
sanctimonious about his antipathy to drugs and let the others do as they wished
without comment. They had adopted the posture of bohemianism, but it was
idealistic and indulgent rather than polemic or heartfelt. They were mostly
from sheltered bourgeois backgrounds, dropping out, slumming it, treading water
before turning into their parents, or superior versions if possible. Acid and
wine were cheap and sex still a source of recreation. Much of the politicised
conviction of the Sixties had become dissipated and only the hedonism, a rather
weary version at that, remained.
Fran Leslie,
another student at Eating, felt this aura of hedonism in decline was best
captured in Malcolm Bradburys book Thr
History Man. It all got terribly romanticised afterwards but at the
time it was about stealing money from friends to buy dope, regular trips to the
clap clime. Yoko Ono doing daft things at Covent Garden, she said. The
lecturers all thought the female students were perks of the job, to pick up at
will. There were a few intellectuals, I remember meeting Derek Jarman at about
this time and sensing his dynamism, but otherwise everyone was young and
confused I suppose. They were good times though, Id go back there any day if I
could..
Fran Leslie was on the same course at Ealing but started two years after
Freddie. She remembers him calling in to see old friends and he once entered a
lecture partway through. The lecturer, Jack Drew, who was infamous for his
appalling memory. ticked Freddie off.
Do you know how
late you are- he asked.
Yes, two years,
replied Freddie.
Freddie had a
unique quality ivhich the other students werent slow to recognise; he was
rarely mocked or ridiculed for his effeminate mannerisms. He had a slight lisp
and a slightly sibilant tone to his voice. recalls Fran Leslie. He was liked
because he was friendly and gregarious. He looked very Asian with his jet black
hair and dark skin. I dont recall him as being all that thin, he was quite
big. Maybe it appeared that way because he was always with Roger who was very
slight. They complemented each other well. Freddie dark and Roger fair. I
always liked Roger. He was engaging, a sweet character with a slightly shy
manner which was quite attractive..
Around this time
Freddie began a relationship with Mary Austin the woman who was to become his
lifelong companion They met during one of Freddie s frequent visits to Biba.
Londons ultimate fashion house based in Kensington High Street The store was
scented by incense and decorated by ferns the sales assistants wore lilac
lipstick and brightly coloured tights Mary Austin worked there as a manageress
and knew many of Freddie s circle of friends. Although it was ostensibly a
boutique for women many men also shopped there since the accepted boundaries of
dress had become so indistinct Freddie termed himself a Biba freak and bought a
good deal of his extravagant clothes from there; it was not surprising that his
first proper relationship should be forged in such a cosmopolitan environment.
The pair had met
at a time when Freddie s sexuahtv was at its most ambiguous. He was certainly
exploring his homosexual tendencies but somehow he and Mary established a
framework for a successful liaison. They were accepted as a couple by their
friends and were exactly that in terms of their compatibility and fondness for
one another. I know a lot of people find it hard to understand our relationship
and yes, it is an odd bond, but other people who come into our lives just have
to accept it Freddie once said We love each other very much and look after each
other.
The plan had
always been for Ibex to spend just the summer of 1969 in London, so, once the
money and enthusiasm had run out, they returned to Liverpool. Mike Smith was
the first to head north. He was a few years older than the others and was
offered a job as part of a construction team building the M56 which passed
through Cheshire from Manchester to Liverpool. He needed the regular money so
he reluctantly told the group he was leaving. He was replaced by Richard
Thompson who had already learned most of the songs through attending their
shows. Richard and Freddie had become fairly close friends, thev lived near to
one another and had similar tastes in music. One of their regular haunts was
The Marquee, and Richard often drove there with Freddie singing along loudly to
the radio.
Mike Bersin,
always the most pragmatic member of Ibex, took up a place at art college in
Liverpool, as he had promised his parents he would do if the group hadnt
landed a record deal by the end of the summer. John Taylor was the only one to
remain in London: he had settled into his new life and was being asked to play
with other bands that congregated at the record shop.
Like many groups,
Ibexs demise came about in stuttered fashion. On their return to Liverpool
they were able to make contact with allies old and new through Mike Bersins
college course. They were offered gigs and Ken Testi had the onerous task of
welding together a band whose members lived nearly 200 miles apart. He was
keen, unusually so, and on one occasion hitched to London and back to collect
Freddie. The singer responded to this determination and spent a few weeks
living in Liverpool, giving it one last shot. It was really weird seeing him
around Liverpool. said Geoff Higgins. He dressed like an alien compared to
everyone else. He was always in his velvet trousers and three-quarters length
coat. He had this habit of hiding his buck teeth with his top lip, pulling the
lip down over his teeth somehow..
By this point
Freddie had instigated a new name for the group. He had never been enamoured of
Ibex, so he rang each of them, telling each one the others were in favour of a
change and suggested Wreckage as an alternative. He rang me and said the other
two were up for it, so 1 might as well be too, said Mike Bersin. It was
sojike Freddie to do that sort of thing. He was very direct and usually got his
own way. We didnt really care all that much what we were called, so it didnt
make much difference. I turned up for the next rehearsal and everything had
Wreckage sprayed on it..
Freddie moved in
with Geoff Higgins family in the pub they were running. Dovedale Towers, in
Penny Lane. He had to spend most nights on the floor in Geoffs bedroom and his
tolerance of such primitive living was a testimony to his conviction to
succeed. He was a good house guest and Geoffs mother, Ruth Higgins, was fond
of him. My mother liked him because he spoke properly, because he was from the
South, he said. She was glad Id started to meet people ivho could speak
properly. Freddie was very, very kind to her. At such close quarters, Geoff
saw no evidence of any homosexual leanings from Freddie, and &ays he
didnt have the slightest inkling that he might be gay and often saw him in
the company of girls. John Taylor christened Freddie the old queen, but he
too did not consider him to be gay.
Wreckage, to
Freddie, clearly had qualities which most others missed; even Mike Bersin
considered themselves small beer on the Liverpool scene, while Richard Thompson
said they were rough around the edges. They continued playing a series of
poorly attended shows in the Liverpool area, appearing at clubs like The Sink,
a dingy venue beneath the Rumbling Turn club in Hardman Street. The fees were
low, usually about £25, of which up to £15 would be needed to cover
the cost of the lights. Like many bands, their light show was at least as
important as the music, and they used hot oil to create kaleidoscopic images
while they played. The other members of Wreckage would have been happy to scale
down the lights to leave themselves more money for beer, but Freddie was
adamant that the show look professional. Freddie himself made no compromise to
the size or state of the venues, or the number of people in attendance. He gave
the same kind of performances he did at the peak of his career. said Ken Testi
He was a star before he was a star, if you know what I mean. Hed strut around
the stage like a proud peacock..
Freddie did not
eschew the mundane duties of life in a group. He was willing to load the van,
albeit at a slower pace than the rest, and despite his manliest difference in
demeanour from the others, he was not regarded particularly as an outsider.
They enjoyed his enthusiasm and he was one of only a few people who ever really
cared. Sometimes fellow hipsters from London would arrive to see Freddie,
including Roger Taylor and Brian May, and they made an arresting sight as they
cruised the streets in their velvet and satin. Glam rock, as it became tagged,
had already evolved organically from hippy chic in London, but it was still
filtering through to the provinces. It was during one of their trips to
Liverpool when Brian, Roger and Freddie first appeared on stage together. At a
show at The Sink, Freddie invited them on to the stage to jam with Wreckage and
they duly obliged.
There is some
confusion as to whether Freddie Mercury began writing songs in earnest during
this period. Mike Bersin, who would have been, hib most likely collaborator,
remembers only a handful of completed songs. Among scraps of ideas they worked
on, he feels these may later have evolved into fully fledged Queen songs like
Liar, Seven Seas Of Rhye, Jesus and Stone Cold Crazy. Richard Thompson,
who took on the role of band archivist for Wreckage, believes it was a much
more fertile period. He recalls Freddie and Mike writing between ten and twenty
songs, and that most of them found their way into the bands set. They were
very melodic, he said. Freddie had written them on the piano, I suppose it
was classical piano in style. It was dead original, definitely going towards
what Queen became. Freddie had so many influences, both in art and music,.
Wreckage, as
befits their name, soon began to fall apart for a final time. Their farewell to
a music business which hadnt really noticed their existence was at Wade Deacon
Grammar School for Girls in Widnes. The concert was a debacle as they struggled
against a poor sound with equipment breaking down all around them, but by
accident Freddie stumbled upon something which later became a Queen trademark.
He was attempting to hoist a microphone stand above his head when it broke away
from its base. Without its heavy anchor Freddie was free to use the stand
like a cane and he swirled it around, dropping it to his midriff when he wanted
to mime a guitar solo. In front of a few dozen girls in Widnes it seemed a
rather witless, meaningless act. but. mainly through Live Aid. it later became
an indelible rocknroll image, like Paul McCartneys violin bass or Mick
{aggers elastic lips.
It wasnt all
that sad that we split up, we hadnt done that much together. said Richard
Thompson. I still saw Freddie around as a friend. It was obvious at this point
that Freddie was keen to make it because he was more or less running the band
at the end. The drummer moved to the United States and on his return joined
the fledging punk band, X-Ray Spex. After co-writing much of the material for
their debut album he was sacked from the group for refusing to cut his hair. He
later recorded with Essential Logic who were signed to Rough Trade, before
returning to Heathrow Airport to work as an export clerk, Wreckages bassist.
John Taylor, became the concert sound engineer with Patto, a band fronted by
Mike Patto who released albums firstly with Vertigo and later Island. After
Patto folded in the mid-Seventies John drifted into band management and his
current clients include the founding member of Traffic, Jim Capaldi, along with
Joe and Sam Brown, of the famous Brown musical family which until her premature
death also included the singer, Vicky. Mike Bersin worked his way through
various jobs in local radio before becoming a director at the Metro Radio Group
in Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Mike Smith, meanwhile, was last heard of living in New
York in a trailer; he had gone to the United States after marrying an American
girl he met in England.
In the autumn of
1969 Freddie moved back to London, disappointed but not disillusioned, now
fixated about becoming a pop star. Ibex and Wreckage, in truth, had been
average rock groups, content to plagiarise in the main, and only Freddies
input had given them any real panache. It would be easy to consign Freddies
commitment to Ibex/Wreckage as a dalliance, albeit an enthusiastic one. Ken
Testi would concur: I think Ibex filled a gap for Freddie. He wanted to be
singing in a band and Ibex benefited enormously from having him. It was a
marriage of convenience for all parties. We were all very naive and there
would have been some naivete in Freddie at that time To Freddie it was like his
first second hand car. the sort of thing you buy when you can just scrape a bit
of money together. Eventually you want a better one..
Freddie had cared
enormously about Ibex: enough, in fact, to change their name, image, and set
(which he was dotng towards the end) and temporarily to leave his cherished
London. During this period Freddie crackled with ambition and eagerness. His
zeal had a profound effect on his newly acquired friends from Liverpool, and
for many of them it helped put their own lives, their ambitions and dreams,
into perspective, it was an education knowing Freddie, said Ken. He was very
committed about everything. He had a certain tenacity, a single minded ness, a
desire for excellence..
Back in London,
Freddie put the word around that he was available for freelance graphic design
work, but this was never more than an aside in his mind. Austin Knights agency
in Chancery Lane gave his portfolio tacit approval and promised him some design
work, including the drawings for a childrens science fiction story. He was
also asked to sketch fashion items for a local paper; Mike Bersin remembers
looking over his shoulder one day to find him painstakingly drawing a woman
wearing a corset! Richard Thompson lent him some aircraft magazines after
Freddie was commissioned to illustrate a book about World War I.
He was really set
upon stardom at all cost. Making a living from art entailed application beyond
his scope, whereas training for the pop business was unspecific. It could be
made up as he went along. He was no longer reticent about his desires; he told
anyone within earshot that he was going to be a legend, dear boy. He refused to
take buses or travel on the tube. He was unknown and almost destitute. but
would rather spend money on a taxi fare than a meal. His behaviour seemed a
tinge pathetic, deluded even, to some of his friends, and they mused on how
Freddie would survive if he did not find his niche. Freddie, the bluster
already consummate, would have none of it and for someone who had not written
more than the bones of a few songs, his audacity was remarkable.
Around people he
already knew. Freddie was very much at ease and often held court with them.
Even if he were not talking about anything of real importance, his profuse
mannerisms and ardour would make him the pivotal point in a group. He did not
have the same air of confidence with strangers; it was often said throughout
Queens career that he was inordinately happy and voluble at his own parties,
but quite often a wallflower at those thrown by others.
During the winter
of 1969 and spring of 1970 he began to respond to adverts for singers which
were placed m the music press. His audition with the group Sour Milk Sea summed
up his personality. He was really extremely nervous of the situation, but
conspired to make it appear as if he was self assurance incarnate. He needed
moral support and asked Roger Taylor and Smiles roadie, John Harris, to
accompany him to their youth club rehearsal room in Dorking. The band had never
seen such ostentation. Roger held open the van door for Freddie who stepped out
regally, wearing a fur coat, designer trousers and high boots. John Harris
followed them into the building, solicitously carrying Freddies Schure microphone
in a wooden box. It was all ridiculously pompous and after such a grand
entrance the band were virtually intimidated into giving Freddie the job.
Sour Milk Sea had
been formed by Chris Durnmett, whose father was a philosophy don at All Souls
College, Oxford, and whose mother was a local councillor. The group first came
together while its members were pupils at St Edwards School, a minor public
school in Oxford. Originally known as Tomato City (which was also the title of
one of their songs), the line-up was Chris Durnmett on guitar and vocals,
Jeremy Rubber1 Gallop on rhythm guitar, Paul Milne on bass, and Boris Williams
on drums. They were each five or six years younger than Freddie and sported the
same long hairstyles with brutal centre partings. They had been in existence
for nearly a year when Freddie joined and they were keen, rehearsing up to six
times each week under their new band name borrowed from the title of a Jackie
Lomax song.
Chris Durnmett
already had a musical history of sorts; he had met Eric Clapton as a teenager,
and was eager to sample as much of the scene as possible. He dropped his first
acid tab at sixteen and wore his hair long through his later school years. The
group had a cosmopolitan attitude to the use of drugs and often rehearsed while
stoned or high. They were moulded from a riotous strand of eccentric middle
England Bohemia. They once drove from Jeremy Gallops home town of Leatherhead
in Surrey to their rehearsal base in Dorking while on speed and crashed the van
into a wall before completing the four-mile journey.
Boris Williams had
left the group before Freddie joined. He went in search of the exotic and
jumped aboard one of the numerous camper vans voyaging from west London to
India. He was to return some years later and join one of new waves most
successful groups. The Cure His place behind the drum kit in Sour Milk Sea was
taken by Rob Tyrell.
Sour Milk Se,.
with Chris Dummett taking on vocals by default, were heavily influenced by
the British blues boom of the Sixties, revering artists like John Mavall,
Chicken Shack and the early incarnations of Fleetwood Mac, featuring guitarist
Peter Green. They were a band with considerable intent - before most of them
had reached seventeen they had supported Deep Purple and P.P. Arnold at venues
like the Civic Hall in Guildford. Their experimental bent gave (hem an edge
many others missed. Chris Dummett was happy for his solos to bleed over the
music and groups like The Pretty Things, with the inspired live meandering of
Twink. had given them a fairly left-field perspective.
They were each
interested in developing as virtuoso performers and decided that a singer would
free them to indulge themselves as artists. Their equipment was the best
available because Jeremy Gallop, whose late father, Clive Gallop, was a wealthy
businessman, bought it on their behalf. Jeremys mother was a cousin of Walter
Bentley. one of the famous pioneering Bentley Boys. Their practice room was
well stocked with powerful amplifiers and Gibson and Fender guitars.
The response to
their advert for a singer in Melody
Maker was excellent and the applicants were of an unusually high
standard. Jeremy Gallop remembers auditioning a black singer with a voice senf
from God and Bridget St John, who had recorded an album for John Peels
Dandelion label just a year earlier. She later went on to work with John Martyn
and Mike Oldfield among others, but her style hardly fitted with Sour Milk Sea.
Once Freddie
walked through the door the decision was a formality. He was dripping in
velvet. said Chris Dummett. He really turned it on at that first rehearsal.
We asked him if he wanted the lyrics to our songs and he said. No thanks Ive
got my own. He came up to me during one of the guitar solos and was really
giving it all the physical gestures. He was a riot of colour, full of
confidence, nothing like what we could have ever expected. Afterwards, the band
just sat around with this smirk of agreement. We werent remotely interested in
anvone else, he had such enormous charisma..
Freddie told Chris
he was a close friend of the members of Smile and Chris gave a knowing snigger.
A few months earlier both Sour Milk Sea and Smile had been booked to play at
All Saints Hall in Notting Hill Gate, a venue of some magnitude on the
hippie/progressive rock scene of the time. Hawkwind. for example, were signed
to a record deal on the strength of a ten-minute Jam at the hall. A squabble
had broken out between Sour Milk Sea and Smile as to who would headline. Chris
left his bands manager, Nic Twilley, to resolve the matter while he went to
the bar. On his return he learned that Smile would be the main attraction for
the night and Nic told him it seemed to matter a great deal to them. [ dont
know why it should have particularly. he said. It was one of those two men
and a dog in the audience type of gig..
Sour Milk Sea
found bookings easy to come by in Oxford, as it was Chris Dummetts home town.
Freddie made his debut with them on Friday, March 20. 1970. The band had
previously appeared at the citys Randolph Hotel but Freddies first show was a
benefit for Shelter at Highfield Parish Hall. Headington. Also on the bill were
The Harlow Go-Gos from nearby Old Marston Secondary School. Bette Jones, the
secretary of Shelters Oxford branch, promised the young punters that the
catering would be appropriate - lots of milk and yogurt.
In an unusually
contemporary move, the Oxford Mail invited
Sour Milk Sea to have their say in print as a preview to their appearance.
Much of the bands article was drawn from lyrics written by Freddie to a song
called Lover* which later evolved into Liar, a track on Queens debut album.
It was a fascinating example of the heartfelt, elegiac, but ultimately vacuous
prose which most British bands, famous or not. were dispensing at the time:
You never had it so good. The yoghurt pushers are here. Theres a place 1 have
been and a face I have seen today. I have said all my prayers, never answered,
never cared at all. But theres a sudden change in me. Im another person
inside of me. Tomorrow I am going to see the last of the blue skies above me,
Lover calling, I hear your voice, solar systems that surround you all your
life, they remind me that youre really from another source of light. Lover,
take me to your leader. I give you body and soul. Come to understand. I grow my
lile in the palm of your hand..
It was apparent
Immediately that Freddie and Chris Dummett had a rapport. They both possessed a
deep love of music and realised they needed a musical axis in order to focus
their songs. Freddie had a much greater pop sensibility thanmost people
around at that time, said Chris. We were very blues based while he was into
the Move, The Hollies, Steve Winwood, people like that. His was a much broader
base of appreciation. I really wanted to learn from him and he was willing to
take me under his wing..
The pair formed an
extremely close friendship and within weeks Chris had moved in to the house in
Ferry Road so they could write songs together. Freddie took it upon himself to
inculcate Chris, who was nearly six years younger, with a certain decorum. They
shared clothes, listened to records together (especially Hendnxs Electric
Ladyland album), and began visiting restaurants. Freddie, eager to embrace the
new, patronised a restaurant in Gloucester Terrace, near Paddington station,
which specialised in macrobiotic food. We got on fabulously, said Chris. He
tried to make me aware of my appearance. He was charming and sweet and would
share any food he had in the house. He was a very generous and warm person..
Their relationship
was platonic, but Chris quickly surmised that Freddies sexuality was
equivocal: He had someone who he called his girlfriend [this would not appear
to have been Mary Austin] but she only came to the house a couple of times.
There was no evidence of him ever dipping his wick. He would refer sometimes to
his bender friends, quite laughingly. He was always very camp and fey, hed
really taken on board all that androgyny package. There was something weird
about this girlfriend situation but at seventeen I wasnt equipped to analyse
it. He was very proud of having a girlfriend but he wouldnt let you get close
to her. He had an attitude that defied you to go further on the subject. It was
a case of not showing your lack of social poise by asking further; it would
have blown your cool by showing how much you cared, In those days there was an
absolute paranoia about staying coot..
Jeremy Gallop was
similarly baffled by Freddies sexuality: It crossed my mind that he might be
queer. He never made eyes at the girls, though he didnt show any signs of
being homosexual. I was quite a pretty boy myself in those days but he never
came on to me or anything. The rest of us were sniffing out the women but we
thought Freddie was cool. We used to think he was so cool hed get the best
looking chicks without even trying..
Chris Dummett fell
easily into the erratic lifestyle of 40 Ferry Road and found Freddie an amiable
companion. Some nights Freddie would take nut hts portfolio of drawings; Chris
remembers that they each seemed to feature jimi Hendrix in some wav. On some.
Jimi was an eighteenth-century dandy, complete with cane, while on others his
face was in vivid close-up. While he was living at the house he noticed Roger
Taylor had grown a beard. He did it to slop people .saung. Can 1 help,you
madam? , said Chrts. He looked like a fucking girl! Groupies were in and out
of the house at all times but no one would Tuck them. They were dogs really,
put in the spare room. They were desperate girls who nobody fancied. Maybe Tupp
Taylor shagged a few of them, he looked like the type who might..
In the household
it was generally accepted that Roger, feminine looks or not, was the most
successful with girls. On a whim, his friend from Cornwall, Peter Bawden,
suggested they should drive out to the Ideal Home Exhibition in Birmingham. I
learned that day that Roger had real magnetism, he said. It was an education.
So many girls were making plays for him it was unbelievable. Wed gone there
just for a lark but all eyes were watching this good looking blond guy. He
didnt even have to chat them up, his strike-rate was unbelievable..
The addition of
Freddie to Sour Milk Sea brought almost a complete transition Lo their music
and shifted the balance of control. Freddie insisted on singing his own words
to songs they had already written, and while Chris Dummett admired this fresh,
single-minded approach, the others, especially Paul Milne, largely saw it as usurpation.
The new songs drafted in by Freddie and Chris were architectural in concept -
they carried unexpected changes of tempo and unusual stage dynamics. At their
handful of concerts, however, the band were unanimous about Freddies ability
He just seemed to turn on a light, said Chris Dummett. He used to plan
things beforehand and had this great patter with the audience. He was cynical
but witty with it. At the end of a song he sometimes said ery quickly into the
microphone. Wank you, and you could see the audience thinking. Did he say
Thank you, or Wank You just then?.
Relations in Sour
Milk Sea were strained when it became obvious that Freddie, with Chris
Dummetts support, was out to change their sound. Quite early on he started to
change it. said Jeremy Gallop. It was awkward at the time and caused a few
rifts. The thing I remember most about Freddie was that he was a wonderful
arbitrator. I was pretty fiery but he was a very good calming influence. He was
a good speaker and had this gentle way with him. There was a disagreement
about introducing Freddies sony Lover into their set. I just didnt like
it. and Chris did, says Gallop It was dynamic pop and a little bit twee. He
was trying to bring a commercial edge to the band and we saw ourselves as an
underground band, quite cerebral I suppose. When youre a kid, and we all were at the time, all this
sort of thing matters a great deal. Freddie was really the wrong choice for
Sour Milk Sea but I felt he was manipulating Chris. Chris was head over heels
in love with Freddie so to speak. We were supposed to be a heavy duty blues
band but Freddie was coming up with these huge harmonies even then. His ideas
seemed really difficult to do and I thought we were going to end up sounding like
The Dolly Sisters if we started singing all those harmonies. Eventually we
started thinking, Fuck Fred, well do it our way..
A rift developed
thereafter between Chris Dummett and Freddie and the other members of Sour Milk
Sea and by the spring of 1970 the band was set to disintegrate. It was inevitable that Jeremy Gallop
would feel most upset because he and Chris Dummett had originally formed the
group and Jeremy was about to lose his much-valued musical partner. As well as
time and effort, Jeremy had invested a great deal of money in the band. At the
age of nineteen he spent £8,000 of inheritance money on a motorcycle and
equipment for the band. He had bought the best Ampeg amplifiers imported from
the United States, a new transit van, and kitted everyone out with the best
available instruments. The money aside, Sour Milk Sea was. as is often the case
with teenage dreams, his world.
Jeremy Gallop was
angered more by Chris Dummett than Freddie. He recognised that Freddie was. to
a degree, orchestrating the split, tempting Chris away lor his own designs. Yet
he saw Chriss ready compliance as nothing short of betrayal. The pair,
although close friends even now. always had a tempestuous rapport. On one
occasion Jeremy had thrown a cup of hot coffee over Chris during a band
argument and fled to the toilets, locking himself in before Chris could
gainretribution. There were a few nasty moments when all this was going down.
saidJeremy, Freddie didnt care that he was splitting up the group. You have
got to beruthless to get anywhere. Everyone is selfish to a point when youre
trying to makeit. There was tension for a while but I never had any argument with Freddie, in factI liked him a
great deal. The thing was Id put my life into the group and it washideous that
it should end, I was in tears over it, it was like the end of the world. I was
sad about losing Chris, I wasnt bothered about losing Freddie at all. Freddie
was obviously a pop singer and I wasnt into that at all, but Chris was
anamazing lead guitarist, a real hot shot, and I thought my chances of making
it were a lot slimmer without having him around. .
Quite rightly,
Jeremy Gallop felt that once Sour Milk Sea had split Chris Dummett should
return the Gibson SG guitar and Marshall stack he had bought for him. He
considered it an implicit agreement that the equipment was provided on
condition it was used in Sour Milk Sea. It was very unpleasant getting the
stuff back from Chris, Gallop recalls. I was nervous about driving round to
Ferry Road to pick it up, I was scared of getting my head kicked in. I knew if
Freddie was in there would be no trouble because he was so diplomatic. Luckily
he was, and I got it back, though it was made obvious to me that Chris was
really pissed off..
The retrieval of
the equipment scuppered the short-term plans of Chris and Freddie. I was
planning to form another band with Freddie but not having a guitar and not
having much money put a kibosh on the idea. said Chris.
Chris Dummett was
given an early insight into the relationship between Freddie and his future
musical collaborators, Brian May and Roger Taylor. He could sense a bizarre
courtship between them which would remain unconsummated for some time yet.
Brian May was light years ahead of me but he did not have any Tire in his
bollocks. Dummett claims. Freddie thought Brian was suburban and droopy. I
think. For their part, the Smile people thought of Freddie as a little bit of a
joke. They used to send him up, take the piss a bit, in an affectionate way I suppose..
He detected that
Freddie was aspiring to replace Tim Staffell and was quite focused on doing so,
though he doubts whether he would have engineered anything particularly
devious. Freddie had to eliminate Tim because he had such a strong voice, Dummett
points out, Freddie could be very strong-willed, single-minded. Tim did not
have the pizazz like Freddie. Tim, at the time, was much more rounded in terms
of musicianship but Freddie was the definite extrovert. Tim Staffell did not
suspect Freddie of any covert chicanery. He was, in fact, pleased to leave
Smile and move in a new musical direction and was quite apathetic about who
took over his position in Smile, or any group formed from their ashes.
For a number of
years Freddie Mercury. Brian May and Roger Taylor had formed a close social
grouping. They had lived, worked and played together. It had not been a dry,
cordial arrangement: there had been rows and fights, pettiness and gravity, and
it was perhaps too obvious, too mawkish even, that this family of three should
form itself into a pop group. Once Tim Staffell had moved on and Sour Milk Sea
had floundered, however, it was impossible for them to avoid the inevitable and
when Brian May returned from Tenenfe in April 1970. he, Roger and Freddie finally
decided to form their first group together. They planned it in meticulous
detail; they had all been part of strong, but ultimately unfulfilled groups in
the recent past and were now resolute about the success of any new venture
together.
They discussed
several potential band names. An early favourite was The Grand Dance, drawn
from C.S. Lewis books. Out Of The
Silent Planet, a trilogy both Brian and Roger had read. The Rich Kids
(later adopted by Glen Matlocks post-Pistols outfit) was another candidate,
but Freddie, with his usual imperiousness, had settled defiantly on Queen.
Its ever so regal. he claimed to anyone in earshot, Roger Taylors mother.
Win Hitchens remembers Freddies spirited explanation in the kitchen of her
Truro home: He just kept saying how regal it sounded, she said.
Like everyone
else, Win Hitchens also recognised its flagrant nod to homosexuality, most
pointedly the greasepaint, theatrical strand to which Freddie aspired. In the
early Seventies the word gay was rarely used to describe homosexuality.
Queen, though now largely archaic, was a more usual colloquialism. Several of
Freddies friends called him affectionately the old queen and this reversal
of gender terminology was often used in an ironic way. Elton John, who became a
close friend and confidante, invariably said she or her when talking of
Freddie. Queen, however, was not merely a nickname of Freddies: in
appearance at least it could equally have applied to both Roger and Brian. At
thts time Brian was wearing flared jeans with tiny bells sewn around the botLom
of each leg. His hair was past his shoulders and necklaces dangled loosely
around a. his neck- Roger and Brian were unconvinced of its qualities as a band
name.i/t bul Freddie was persuasive and by the end of April 1970 they were
Queen.
The word hype is
passe and rarely used these days in music business circles. There are
substitute words, still hyperbolic, which drape shadows more elegantly across
the shabby dealings which see one artist placed before another in terms of
promotion and profile. This can take many forms record shop window displays
column inches and adverts in the music press, giant posters plastered on disused warehouses on the
outskirts of town or, at its most venal, assisted passage up the charts through
the discreet distribution ot tint lopes containing cash or drugs.
At any
one time a major record label may have a roster of more than 50 acts, but only
a handful will receive a substutional promotional budget. Of this handful most
will be established acts, so the label spends a great deal to recoup a great
dealt. New acts are promoted in various ways - some are given a reasonable
budget andlett to smoulder others are set alight immediately and burnt into
your consciousness, but often labels are indiscriminate; in the parlance of the
business, they fire the shit against the wall and if it sticks the big
promotional push inevitably follows.
When Queen were
thrust on to the scene by EMI Records in 1973, the word hype was still in vogue
and many felt it applied to the band. The term was not used in its real sense
of actual cheating more as a euphemism for money wasted on something frivolous,
on a group who did not warrant or deserve such financial speculation. It was in
Queen s case a cruel, baseless slur. The four years between their formation and
first hit, 1970 to 1974, were onerous. It was largely a succession of rebuffs
and disappointments and it was during these often dark days that the self
belief vision impudence and guarded personality of Queen was formed.
Ihe ill-fortune
began almost immediately. After Freddie Mercury, Roger Taylor and Brian May
became Queen, it would take them nearly a year even to complete the line up, an
inordinately long time to find a suitable bass player. Mike Crose, a Cornish
friend of Roger Taylor, had sometimes filled in for Tim Staffell when Smile
played shows in the West Country, so he was an obvious candidate to replace him
perrnanently. Mike was busy in Truro, managing PJs and playing in various
bands, but he responded to Roger s invitation and moved to London to join Queen.
They practised
once or twice each week at Imperial College and often held impromptu rehearsals
in the garden at Ferry Road. There songs later known for their robus,t
amplified power like Keep Yourself Alive and Seven Seas Of Rhye were
schemed on acoustic guitar.s Mike Grose remembers the constant, but good
natured bickering of Roger and Freddie, and the quiet assurance of Brian.
Queen s first live
appearance under their new name was at the City Hall Truro, on Saturday June
27, 1970. The concert had been arranged some time earlier, when thev were still
known as Smile, and in the local Cornish papers they were billed under their
former name. The concert was partly arranged by Roger Taylors mother, Win
Hitchens, to raise money lor the Red Cross. Queen received P. 50 expenses and
the price of admission for the show which also boasted a guest DJ, Jell Spence,
was 7s/6d. They opened their set with Stone Cold Crazy, a track loosely based
on a Wreckage number. The concert hall was only half full and though the band
looked striking in their monochrome silk costumes even, Win Hitchens considered
them more than a shade unpolished. Freddie was not like how he became, she
said. He had not got his movements off properly.
It was perhaps
appropriate that the first show to be billed properly under their new name
should be at their natural home, Imperial College, in Londons SW7. Freddie
designed hand drawn tickets which bore a scratchy but llorid outline of the
word Queen in a similar typeface to that which would later adorn their record
sleeves. The ticket which also included a map showing the colleges proximity to
South Kensington tube station, read; Queen invite you to a private showing at
Imperial College New Block, Imperial Institute Road,Lexel 5, Lecture Theatre A
on Sunday 18 July.
The band, on only
their second show together and with a bassist still settling in, had been
impetuous in holding such an early showcase. Ultimately, it hardly mattered
since interest in them Irom the music business was negligible. They were still
a homespun affair, there had been no covert business strategy behind their
formation, much ot it was carried out on impulse and enthusiasm. They were, to
their credit, extremely enthusiastic, much of this being down to Freddie. They
openly solicited their friends comments about performances and were not afraid
of criticism. They asked What did you think? until the entreaty became almost
tiresome.
Their set was
composed almost entirely of cover versions and for some time they included just
two of their own songs, Stone Cold Crazy and Liar. They would open the set
with the former, one of the few songs to develop from a group jamming session
and to feature the whole group as co-writers. Their repertoire of covers was
rich and, depending on audience reaction, they would plunder material by Buddy
Holly, James Brown, The Everly Brothers, Gene Vincent, Little Richard, Ricky
Nelson. Shirley Bassey, Bill Haley, The Spencer, Davis Group and The Yardbirds.
Queen had no strategy to challenge their audience and there was no esoteric
agenda, unlike many of their peers. We did more heavy rocknroll with the
Queen delivery to give people something they could get hold of- get on, sock it
to em. get off. said Brian May. If you go on stage and people dont know
your material, you can get boring. Clearly, Queen as the compliant,
pop-orientated force was fashioned from the beginning.
Queen returned to
Cornwall on fuly 25 to appear at PJs in Truro and afterwards Mike Grose
informed them that he intended to stay in Cornwall and quit the band after just
three concerts with them. I left Queen because Id had enough of playing
basically. he said. 1 had just got to that point. We werent earning any
money to speak of, and we were leaving in squalor. I just
didnt want to be part of it any more. Brian had another year of his studies to
go, and so did Roger - and I thought to hell with it. Mike had a feeling in
his bones that Queen would make it, but after a long, long stog of seven years
in his home county with various unfulfilled groups he had reached a point where
his greatest opportunity had come too late. Unlike Brain and Roger, who were
also partly focused on college studies (though Roger was taking a year out
between leaving the dentistry course and beginning another in biology at North
London Polytechnic). Queen would have been his complete immediate future, and
he had no safety net of possible alternative employment.
Mike Grose stayed
in Cornwall and established his own haulage business in St Austell. He is still
tracked down intermittently by journalists hoping to find the Pete Best or
Stuart Sutcliffe of Queen, but he is weary of the chase and now turns down
all requests for interviews. Ive said what Ive got to say already. its in
all the other books, is the stock response.
Queen found a
replacement bassist when two Rogers met In Cornwall - Roger Taylor and Roger
Crossley. A Londoner on holiday in Cornwall, Roger Crossley told Roger Taylor
about his friend living in north London, Barry Mitchell, a bass player I
without a band. On his return to the capital Roger contacted Mitchell and after
just one rehearsal at Imperial College he was made a member of Queen in the
summer of 1970. He joined the group just a few weeks before the death of Jimi
Hendrix on September 18. Freddie and Roger closed their market stall that day
as a mark of respect to their musical hero and Freddie travelled over to an art
gallery in Launceston Place, Kensington, where Chris Dummett was working.
Freddie came in and said Jimi had died, said Chris Dummett He was devastated
and so was I. He wasnt crying. Freddie was always pretty much battened down,
he had everything under control. I remember I asked for the day off work but
the boss wouldnt let me..
Barry Mitchells
musical progression had been uncannily similar to that of Brian May and Roger
Taylor, although it had perhaps taken in more of the industrys shenanigans. He
started at Clearmont School, Harrow, playing Shadows covers in a group known
as The Nameless Ones. They evolved into Conviction, a soul covers band, with a
guitarist who later became very famous - Alan Parsons, Conviction discovered
rock and took on the name Earth, just a few weeks before the band which later
became Black Sabbath adopted the same name. The Birmingham group quickly
rescinded and the London-based Earth landed themselves a residency at The
Coffin Club, housed in the former premises of Ronnie Scotts in Gerrard Street.
London. Their sets were sometimes six hours long and would involve guest spots
where whimsical acts like Whistling Concrete, nothing more than a hippy playing
the flute, would share the stage.
They acquired a
fast-talking manager, Douglas Mew, and he tried to persuade them to change
their name to London. They later discovered he had previously worked with a
disbanded group called London and was till hopeful of utilising their
promotional material. Mew paid for them to record an album - ten songs in one
day, no less - but the record did not materialise beyond acetate stage.
The album, had it
been released, would have caused quite a stir. Relying heavily on Mitchells
elaborate but fluid bass style, it was a rich meander through a swampy blues
tenor, especially on songs like Rain On The Roof and the anguished tail-out
track, Angel Of Death.
Barry Mitchell
left Earth to adopt the posture and raucous bliss of The Jimi Hendrix
Experience in a group called Black. Fronted by Pete Lewis, a black South
African with a strong resemblance to Hendrix. they had a moderate degree of
success. They were managed by Gerry Horgan, an early ally of Cat Stevens, and
he secured them a deal with the music: publishers, Francis, Day and Hunter, a
company which later had a tenuous business link with Queen.
When Black folded,
Mitchell had become ambivalent about a career in music but still agreed to
audition with Queen. The band struck me as being heavily into Led Zeppelin and
Hendrix and in some respects they sounded a lot like Zeppelin. he said. I was
in straight away, after the first rehearsal. They just checked me out to see
whether I could play or not. It was surprising that Mitchells initiation was
so guileless; there had been no element of sounding him out - he could play,
so he was in, without any real consideration of his appearance (which was
certainly more unrefined than theirs) or his personality, musical or otherwise.
If they had asked, they would have discovered he was fatigued with rock and
intent on playing jazz or in bands with a brass section.
Barry Mitchells
first show with Queen was at Imperial College on August 23 and it gave htm an
early taste of their idiosyncrasies. Fundamentally a seasoned rocker, he found
himself beforehand in the kitchen of Brian Mays flat making popcorn to give
out to the crowd. Freddie, ivho made little attempt to get to know Mitchell,
spent several weeks telling everyone he intended to take the stage wearing a
dress. The dress was in fact a one-piece body suit, open to the waist to
reveal his chest. Freddie dubbed it bis Mercury suit and had one in black and
another in white.
Although his
tenure in Queen was brief - just eleven shows in a six month period - Barry
Mitchell had long enough to assess their individual personalities: Brian was
the most instantly likeable. He was very approachable. Roger was a typical
drummer, a ladies man and good fun. Freddie looked ery ditferent and called everyone darling or sweetie. He used to use
heated curlers in his hair and it wasnt whal I was used to at all. He looked
more foreign in those days, his skin seemed darker and his teeth were more
prominent. In fact, they were extremely prominent. Im sure he had them done
later on. When I was in the band his hand was always up to his mouth as if he
was trying to hide them.
Mitchell shared
the opinion of Oueen held by most people within the music business at the time
- that they werent particularly original. I didnt think they were going
anywhere. he said It never struck me as being great, it never felt like that
for me, They were striving lor something that was already there - Led Zeppelin,
but I didnt want to go there, I wanted
to do something different.
There is no
question that Queen had a strong fixation with Led Zeppelin at this time.
Several friends recall Freddies enthusiasm lor the group vividly. If a Led
Zeppelin track was played on the radio or on someones tape recorder at
Kensington Market, he would demand silence and later deconstruct the song, usually
enthusing about its extraordinary power. Surprisingly, Freddie seemed most
interested in the wall of guitar built by Jimmy Page. Richard Thompson saw the
band at The Marquee with Freddie, and afterwards he hardly mentioned Robert
Plant, it was the overall sound of Led Zeppelin that fascinated him. Freddie
often said he wanted to infuse the same sense of space and dynamism into
Queens music.
Freddie was
flamboyant at rehearsals, but Barry Mitchell didnt feel the posture was
matched by the voice: He didnt sing very well, that was self evident. It just
wasnt there, it would break up and he couldnt hold the note. It was later on.
in the Eighties, when it really became spot-on. Brian was outstanding,
technically brilliant. Roger was never a great drummer but I loved his backing
vocal harmonies, his high-pitched stuff..
In rehearsal
Freddie did not play either guitar or piano and, indeed, Mitchell was unaware
he could play an instrument. Despite this, Freddie appeared to form the groups
musical core. It was Freddie who had the ideas, most of them came from him.
he said. If someone else came up with something Freddie would hone it until it
was right. Freddie had this really clear vision of how the songs should go..
One of the more
common voices of dissent belonged to the bands roadie, John Harris - famous
for his leather trousers - whose selfless commitment to the group surprised
Barry Mitchell. John was always al rehearsals. he said. He would help them
pull all the gear out and he really cared about them. There was no mixing desk
for htm to use, so there wasnt a lot he could do about the actual sound. He
would be the mediator if Freddie was in one of his moodies. The band respected
him and he sometimes tried to bully them into playing well, but it wasnt eas
because they were strong guys. There were no real arguments, just the usual
stufl about how long the solos should go on for, that kind of thing,.
Mitchell
contributed tittle in the way of songwritmg. At the time the band were forming
the material which would appear on their debut album released nearly three
years later. He did not consider himself a writer and usually adapted bass
lines already mapped out by either Tim Staffell, Mike Grose, or Brian May. He
was unsure of how his rather busy playing style went down with the other
members, and they rarely made any comments candidly to him. He noted afterwards
that John Deacons direct technique was the antithesis of his own.
Barry Mitchell
decided to leave Queen at the end of 1970 and his final shows with them were on
January 8 and 9, 1971, at The Marquee and Ewell Technical College, Surrey, when
Queen were part of a support bill to Kevin Ayres And The Whole World which also
included Genesis. During his last few weeks with Queen there had been a perceptible
change in their outlook. Their ambition had started to develop, Mitchell
explains. It had a different feel somehow. I started to realise that they were
taktng it seriously and wanted to go places. I still didnt think they would
make it because they werent truly original or obviously commercial. I just didnt like their music, and I
didnt rate it through most of the Seventies, all that Night At The Opera and
fairy stuff-1 felt that way until I saw them at Live Aid when I thought they
were astonishing..
Mary Austin, with
whom Freddie was now living in Holland Park, made a vague plea for Barry
Mitchell to remain with the band, but the others accepted his decision
unequivocally. Barry Mitchell had brass sections and something a little more direct
or original m mind, and soon afterwards found himself in Crushed Butler, a band
which he felt predated The Jam by a number of years. They earned a few one-line
mentions in NME and once supported Atomic Rooster at Gutldford Civic Hall, but
it was small change compared to the success of his former group. Ive never
regretted the decision because the group I left was nothing like the one it
later became, he said. At the time I made the decision which was right for
me. I just wasnt happy playing their music and wanted to do other things..
He lost touch with
Queen afterwards but was happy to see Roger Taylor, with whom he had started to
establish a friendship, soon after the release of Queens first album. A
friend of mine had seen Roger at the Marquee and he told Roger that I was
working at Laskys in Oxford Street, he said. Roger came round and checked me
out. I think he wanted to buy a hi-fi at the time. Their next meeting was two
decades later when Barry Mitchell, his long blond hair now a thinning
recollection, went backstdge after Rogers solo performance at the Cambridge
Junction in 1994: It was hard for him to recognise me, he had a puzzled look
on his face He finally remembered and said, Its been a fucking long time!.
He remembered that I lived at Kingsbury, which I was surprised about because
its only a small place..
Queens third
bassist in just seven months was Doug; few people around the band bothered to
inquire his surname, though Ewood has fastened itself to some hazy memories.
Again, it was another heedless choice and Doug appeared with the band on only
two occasions - at Hornsey Town Hall on February 19, 1971, and Kingston
Polytechnic the following day. These were two prestigious shows, both in
support of Yes, and Dougs stage manner rather spoiled the occasion, at least
as far as the other members of Queen were concerned. Clearly the unspoken
communique was that Freddie held centre stage, the rest were to play vital and
colourful supporting roles, but make no attempt to steal the show. Doug broke
this accord in startling manner, jumping up and down and choreographing his own
personal stage routine. In Queens semi-official (Written in co-operation
with..) biography, Brian May referred to Dougs stage manner scornfully as most
incongruous. The situation was addressed immediately and categorically - Doug
was fired on February 21, the day after the Kingston gig, and three days in the
life of Queen would seem to summarise this musical comet called Doug.
Queen were hardly
judicious in their choice of bassists, so it was merely the law of averages
that finally brought a turn in fortune. John Deacon was a lucky accident for
Queen; they had already gone through three bassists but to find someone so
complementary to their sound, professionalism and personalities could well have
taken for ever.
John Deacon had
revealed very little of himself to most people on the Leicester scene. He was
far from charismatic, he was the quiet one, and, they naturally assumed, the
insignificant one. He would go to London, earn a degree, marry another scholar,
return to Leicester, and set up a small electronics company. The members of his
lormer group. The Opposition, Nigel Bullen especially, knew John beyond this
superficiality. They respected his quiet determination, the innate integrity, a
rneticulousness of character. Ihey kneu he wouldn t be on the first train
home. He wasnt a minor key dreamer: he had mure blood in him than many mi spelled.
Initially, they
presumed he would apply himself solely to his studies, lie left his guitars and
amplifier behind in Oadby. Whatever, they knew he would survive in London. The
city might have lost its technicolour glow somewhat since 1966 but it was still
fast, radiant, wide and simmering to a kid from the hush of rural middle
England. He didnt re-invent himself at university, but like millions before
and since, found himself; to such an extent that by the end of his urmersity
course he all but severed completely his ties with his former self in Oadby.
During the first
couple of years at university he returned quite regularly to Leicester,
sometimes even sitting in with Art or other groups featuring rm old pals from
The Opposition. Of his small circle of friends only Dave Williams and Nigel
Bullen kept in close contact, Nigel sometimes staying with John for the weekend
at the top floor flat he shared with four other male students in Oueensgate.
There was still no dabbling in drugs and only a mild dalliance in alcohol.
Instead, Deacon absorbed himself in Londons burgeoning counter-culture -
clothes from Sterling Cooper and Kensington Market, exhibitions by Roger Ruskin
Spear of The Bonzo Dog Doo-Dah Band in The Strand. He was really enjoying it,
said Nigel. There was a definite change. He became very trendy, grew his hair
long. He was the same academically, he still sat down and did his work, but he
came out of himself socially which was good. He was holding his own among it
very well..
Distance harboured
nostalgia. ]ohn Deacon had left Oadby to embrace academta and London and he
felt he no longer had any need for his guitar or amplifier. By turns, he
succumbed once more to the lure of the plectrum. On one trip home he collected
his acoustic guitar and soon afterwards asked his mother to drive down with his
bass and amplifier. Suddenly, less than a year after leaving The Opposition, he
wanted to be part of group again.
This was London
through, completely different from Leicester. Its live circuit was glamour
itself; a venue in Leicester was a church hall of the back room ot a pub, in
London it was The Marquee and Jimi Hendrics has been there just a few years
earlier, and David Bowie. The entire history ot rock, it seemed, was concended
in a handful of venues, and administrated within a few square miles of the
capital Music writers, managers, and record company staff perused these
darkered venues, like extras from Expresso Bongo, expect now they wore stack-heeled boots and baggy
denims: Well make you famous, man. Heres my card. In the morning, sometime
around 11.30 am, they were in their Soho offices, gold records on the wall,
sunglasses on, two aspirins in the glass, trying to fathom the office tape
machine. It was less than 100 miles from Leicester, but still a world away.
John Deacons
return to music was tentative at lirst, galvanised by attending concerts at the
colleges around the Kensington area. In October, 1970, he saw a group bathed in
shadows playing peculiar, hut unremarkable rock at Kensingtons College of
Estate Managemen.t They were called Queen, but he could barely distinguish them
from the multitude of similar bands swayed by the darkened melodrama of Led
Zeppelin.
He began
practising with flatmate and guitarist Peter Stoddart, and they were soon
joined in their vague blues jams by fellow students, drummer Don Cater and a
guitarist known to them only as Albert. They made just one appearance, at
Chelsea College in November 1970, plowing blues covers and chart hits in
support of two other groups. As they needed a name to put on posters, the
quartet became Deacon for the night, presumabU decided at short notice
because ot us simplicity, rather than as an appeasement to ;t newly discovered
ego.
At this point John
Deacon was an accomplished bassist with top notch equipment. He enjoyed jamming
with his friends, but wanted something more. Back in Oadby he had been through
the process of forming and running his own group and had developed as a
musician. He was now confident enough of his ability, and carried with him the
degree of experience to audition for established groups. He began responding to
adverts in Melody Maker and was
not afraid to aim comparatively high, sitting in with several signed bands. He
wasnt offered any positions, but wrote home to his old friend Nigel Bullen in
Oadby and said he wasnt too perturbed because it was all valuable experience.
In the midst of
such formal approaches, John Deacon found himself a group by chance. Early in
1971 he went along to a disco at the Maria Assumpta Teacher Training College
with his friend Peter Stoddart and Peters friend, Christine Farnell. John was
introduced to two friends of Christines, Roger Taylor and Brian May. They
explained that they were in a group called Queen but had just lost their bass
player.
They met again a
few days later in a lecture room at Imperial College which they were using as a
rehearsal base, John had brought along a small practice amp which the others
teased him about. They ran through a few original numbers which John was told
to feel his way through, and Brian taught him the chords to Son And Daughter,
a song which became the B-side of Queens first ever single. They finished with
the obligatory blues jam, and before the end the original three members of
Queen were confident they had found their final member. We thought he was
great, said Roger Taylor. We were all so used to each other, and were so over
the top. We thought that because he was quiet he would fit in with us without
too much upheaval. He was a great bass player too - and the fact that he was a
wizard with electronics was definitely a deciding factor..
John Deacon was
not the only musician to audition with Queen at Imperial College that day. Also
invited was Chris Dummett, Freddies cohort from Sour Milk Sea. Although a
great fan of Brian Mays technical ability. Freddie possibly felt the sound
needed thickening and that the group could accommodate two guitarists.
Getting me in there was just a bee in Freddies mind, said Chris Dummett. Me
and Freddie got on well, there was a physical empathy. Brian was kind of limp
and Freddie missed getting a reaction. Freddie liked and enjoyed a foil and I
was happy to play ball. Freddie asked me to join Queen and thought it would
work..
Chris Dummett did
not have equipment and had to borrow Brian Mays at the audition. He was passed
the Red Special and it proved to be his downfall. The guitar with its highly
sensitive fret board, required an idiosyncratic playing style. Chris Dummetts
fingers slid all over it and few of the notes he played were in time or tune:
he didnt even bother to ask whether hed got the gig or not.
Apart from John
Harris, Chris Dummett was the only outsider present at this first ever airing
of Queens finalised line-up. As soon as John Deacon had left the room, his
opinion was sought by Brian May. As well as auditioning myself, theyd asked
me down to pass judgement on their new bass player. he said. John Deacon
played with mega efficiency, and zero imagination. He plugged a gap and didnt
drop a fucking beat, he was that tight. Incidentally, Chris Dummett had seen
Queen perform with Barry Mitchell at Imperial College and had recognised
immediately that he was in the wrong band. He had blond hair and looked like a
brickie. he said. He was obviously a misfit, very different from the others,.
Chris Dummett
drifted out of the lives of Freddie Mercury and Queen when he returned to his
home town to study at Oxford Universitys New College. He later returned to the
guitar, playing in the United States with Mandrake before returning to London
where he was a prime mover on the prospering punk scene. Malcolm McLaren
invited him to give guitar lessons to the nascent Sex Pistols and he was a
member of an early incarnation of Chelsea with Gene October. Tony James and
Billy Idol. He also toured as a member of Ben E Kings backing group, under the
name Chris Chesney; Chesney being his middle name.
He remained in the
pop business working behind the scenes on promotional videos and early in 1987
he was alongside David Mallett Riming the video for Freddie Mercurys solo
single, The Great Pretender. He was apprehensive about meeting Freddie again,
intimidated by the disparity of their lives. He tried to blend in with the
scenery at A and R Studios in Londons Brent Cross but Freddie spotted him and
immediately adjourned the shoot. He took me into this room and said. What do
you want to drink? Dummett recalls. He put down a line of coke and insisted
I took it. He then asked for chilled vodka and we had lots of drink and coke
simultaneously. He launched into a rap as though I had seen him yesterday. He
was telling me all about his solo records..
When they emerged from the room they walked
together to the dressing room where a handful of people were sitting around
discussing the video Chris Dummett noticed the immediate change in Freddies
demeanour It was Freddie the performer He was coming out with all these gags
and qutps. playing to the gallery. As soon as he entered the room where there
wtre other people tt was like a curtain going up There was definitely two
different people In Freddie two entities It was part ot his armoury as a
performer, he could just throw a switch. After yet, one to one, Freddie was as
warm a person you could meet. There was no hidden agenta with him. He was just
dedicated to music. The old friends parted company with Freddie announcing to
anyone in earshot. I might get Chris to play . album. He didnt play on the
record, and it was to be their last reamon.
Until John Deacon walked into their rehearsal
room, the genesis of Queen had been an erratic, hesitant affair. Numerous lives
had intertwined but few had run in parallel for any real length of time.
Unknown to any of them, they had finally found a line-up which would last them
more than 20 years, and one that only death would fracture.
The finalised Queen failed to inspire anything
more than the customary apathy from the music business. They had trouble
finding concerts even in the capital with its surfeit of venues, and had to
call on old friends like Ken Testi. The former manager of Ibex had returned
toSt Helens to retake his A levels in the autumn of 1970 and had established
himself as social secretary at the local technical college. Although the
concerts at St Helens College were held in a gymnasium, Ken Testi, with his
usual wily enthusiasm, had brought artists like Dave Edmunds and Delroy
Wflharns to Merseyside.
He received a phone call from Freddie Mercury
informing him that he, Roger and Brian had formed Queen. Instinctively he knew
their new group would be absolutely wonderful. It couldnt be anything else
because it contained so much talent, said Testi. I suppose it hadnt made
sense that Freddie wasnt in Smile. He was very much part of their group of
friends. Smile had three front-line vocalists and while I think it was
mentioned earlier that Freddie should join, Freddie must have been satisfied
that they didnt need a singer,.
Queens first concert in
Merseyside was at the college on October 30, 1970.while Barry Mitchell was
still part of the line up on bass. Partly to make the trip snorth worthwhile,
they appeared at The Cavern Club in Liverpool the following fnight. The Cavern,
made famous, of course, by The Beatles, was six years past its £best and
known within Liverpool as a bit of a toilet, but Queen were delightedto
appear there. They spent the night with Ken Testis family who were running the
Market Hotel in St Helens town centre.
It was the first time Ken Testi had heard or
seen the band perform and he admired their resolve: This was a college in the
industrial north and they were this act
from Kensington who had come with their posturing and their little
grandiose remarks, playing in a
gymnasium and getting away with it. They left no one with any doubt they meant
it and it was a joy to see. Ken had been a shade concerned about Freddies
routine with the top half of the microphone stand: I took him to task about
that and he said, Its my gimmick, my dear. You have got to have a gimmick.
When Freddie expressed conviction like that, argument was pointless. Queen
returned again to Merseyside just a few days before the Christmas of 1970 when
they played once more at the college and at St Helens Congregational Church
Hall. Their set was still mainly composed of covers but they had devised their
own mini-epic. Hangman, a track they played live until 1975 but never
included on an official record release.
Queen were determined to present a show of
consummate professionalism and spent much of the early part of 1971 locked away in
rehearsat. They were working on material to be included later on their first
two album and their sedulous approach meant honing the songs took many weeks.
They had a fresh confidence in the new line-up but both Brian May and John
Deacon were heavily constrained by their college studies. They still managed to
rehearse up to four times each week but concerts a good distance from London
were virtually impossible during term time. This cautious strategy was to last
some time. Brian May not dedicating himself solely to the band until Queen II
and John Deacon until Sheer Heart Attack. Whether driven by the need to
appease their parents or not, it revealed an astounding degree of prudence - it
indubitably slowed Queens progress in their formative years but these very
attributes were later part of their character; they didnt take risks, the
group was scrupulously regimented, It was perhaps simultaneously their main
strength and weakness-John Deacon made his live debut at Surrey College on July
2, 1971, and the evening was
marked by a disagreement between him and Freddie Mercury. Like the groups
previous bassists he was primarily a jeans and T-shirt man, but Freddie had
singled out a particular shirt he wanted him to wear. John Deacon acquiesced
and over the course of the next few years his style of dress was to change
markedly.
After a show at imperial College on July 11,
when they again distributed popcorn to the audience, Queen embarked on an
11-date tour of Cornwall, organised by Roger Taylor, It was an excuse to spend
more than a month drifting through some of Englands finest scenery and they
mixed well with Rogers old friends There were few quarrels and the intensive
nature of the trip was an excellent rehearsal for a real life on the road that
would follow some time later They opened at The Garden in Penzance and
continued to take their profuse rock to the most unlikely places Hayle Rugby
Club (twice) the NCO s Mess in Culdrose Truro and Wadebndge Young Farmers Club
all welcomed Queen and it was m these inauspicious venues that thev learned to
temper their lavish pretensions with a common touch which later endeared them
to millions.
The apex of their short tour was an appearance
at the grandiosely titled Tregaye Festival of Contemporary Music at Tregave
Country Club in Carnon Downs, Truro. The festival on August M was partly
organised by Roger Taylors friend, Rik Evan,s who supplied the canvas to cover
most of the walled garden htre the groups played. The line-up was indeed
contemporary with Arthur Browns Kingdom Come headlining above Hawkwind, the
Duster Bennett Band, Tea and Symphony, Brewers Droop, Indian Summer and
Craphite. Queen were second from bottom of the bill, with only Barracuda
beneath them. The posters featured a naked girl playing a flute in the mandatory
floppy hit and revellers were promised. Food, freaks, licensed bar and lovely
things for their £1 25 entrance fee.
Ken Testi remained in StHelens to study with
intermittent forays into London primarily to help Queen. None of them had any
real knowledge of the intricacies of the music business and much of their
action (or non action) was decided on impulse. Queen s office became a public
telephone at the end of an aisle on Kensington Market and their plan of attack
on the industry amounted to Ken Testi procuring a copy of Yellow Pages and
working his way through the listed record companies. We had all this great
music on tape and would sit around saying. This is great, we should get a
record deal, Testi explained. But we didnt know how to make the next step.
None of us knew much about it and it did become frustrating. I used to ring up
record companies and tell them I had this great demo by a wonderful band. We
were all young and stupid in those days.
Ken Testi would ring record companies twice
firstly to discover the name of a member of the A&R team, and then to ask
for that person by name a few hours later. Amazingly, two companies, CMI and
Decca agreed to meet Ken and the band to listen to their music. All the group
attended these meetings, except John Deacon, who was preoccupied with his
studies. Ken Testi remembers Roger Taylor being the most enthusiastic: He was
always ready to drop a lecture for virtually anything. Both EMI and Decca paid
mere lip service to Queen and the meetings were fruitless.
Very quickly Ken Testi learned that as in any
business, most of it was done on recommendation. The record industry was
inherently unsettled by the new; demo tapes sent without a prior call or nod
from an insider were deemed idiot tapes and left to pile up in the corner
until the cleaner was finally given permission to scoop up the mound of rotting
dreams ind put them in the bin.
Due to an unusual dash of good fortune, Queen
were at least able to present record companies with a noteworthy demo tape.
Alter returning from Cornwall, Brian Ma met up with an acquaintance called
Terry Yeadon. Originally from Blackburn, Yeadon had moved to London in the mid
Sixties to work is a maintenance engineer at Pye Recording Studios at Marble
Arch. He had first met Brian May m 1969 when he attended a Smile concert at
Imperial College and afterwards spoke with the group. Unknown to his employers,
Yeadon had booked Smile in to record at Pye and along with Geoff Calvar, a disc
cutting engineer, they recorded two songs Step On Me and Polar Bar and
copied them on to acetate.
Terry Yeadon explained to Brian May that he
was establishing a new studio complex in Wembley called De Lane Lea and needed
a band to test the equipment. The complex comprised three adjoining studios and
he was anxious to discover whether there was a bleed of sound from one to the
other. They had even fired blanks from a shotgun to see if the separate desks
detected the sound but a live loud rock group was far more suited to do the job.
Within days of their meeting, Queen were
having free use of innovative studio technology. They were allowed to use the
largest studio which could hold up to 120 musicians and a bank of Marshall
stacks was hired to crank up the power. Aside from the clarity and power the
studio supplied to Oueen s music, De Lane Lea was virtually a music business
thoroughfare; it is a workshop for emerging talent from sound engineering to
management.
With members as garrulous
confident and personable as Freddie Mercury and Roger Taylor, it was obvious
that they would use the opportunity to make new contacts, and during their time
in the studio they met their future production collaborators, John Anthony and
Roy Thomas-Baker. John Anthony remembered Brian May and Roger Taylor from their
days in Smile. Both he and Thomas-Bakersaid they would recommend the band to
Barry and Norman Sheffield, theowners of Trident Studios in Soh, who were
looking to become involved with promising new acts.
Queen spent long hours at De Lane Lea with the
in-house producer Louie Austin. They had to work around the whims of artists
whose recording was funded by record labels, and it often meant that sessions
lasted deep into the night. Queen made no compromise to their standing as
studio practice band and were fastidious in their approach to recording.
They were very fussy. said Louie Austin. The songs were done one by one.
They would carry on until they thought it was right. It sometimes took a very
long time but they put up with so much shit too, during that time. Queen
recorded four of their own songs at the studio - Liar, Keep Yourself Alive,
The Night Comes Down and Jesus. They had persevered with their song writing
throughout the year and the live set also boasted additional original songs like
Procession, Father To Son, and Ogre Battle.
During the De Lane Lea sessions the band
developed a manifesto on song writing which was to remain steadfast throughout
most of their career. During a discussion about the author of the track Liar,
Freddie announced, with his usual imperiousness, that he considered the
writer of a song to be the person who had contributed the lyric. It was a
highly simplistic and flawed pronouncement but was generally accepted by the
others, possibly as an endorsement and appeasement to Freddies greater
songwriting skill.
For the purposes of assessing what each
contributor should receive in terms of royalty payments, a song is generally
divided into twelfths and the separate contributions roughly split, usually
with the lyrics contributing six-twelfths, or a half of the total. Freddies
policy inevitably meant he would, as singer and [therefore] main lyricist, lay
claim on the lions share of the performance royalties accrued by Queen, an
immense sum which would later run to many millions Brian May followed Freddie
in terms of songwnting credits but Roger Taylor and John Deacon were left way
behind. The others received an equal share of mechanical royalties which are
paid per performer per record sold, but until May, Taylor andDeacon wrote hit
songs themselves in their entirety they would accumulate wealth at a notably
slower pace than Freddie.
The various bodies protecting the interests of
Queen have remained mute on this potentially divisive situation, though there was
brief reference made to it in the groups official biography. In it Freddie
conceded that, The rule almost certainly discouraged us from co-operating on
lyrics for a long time, and started a trend towards separateness in
song-producing, which was acute at the time of the Munich records [those made
in the late Seventies and early Eighties]..
Songwnting credits provide fascinating
insights into the power base of any group, and within Queen, one of rocks
greatest cabals, it is, as always, divulged by the names in small print in
brackets. Freddies tactic of effectively prohibiting co-written songs meant
that for the others to earn a publishing royalty it was necessary to include
complete songs written by an individual group member on each LP. A brief perusal
of Queens albums untii the final two, reveals that Roger Taylor and John
Deacon rarely contributed more than two songs per album, (on the first two
Deacon received no credits at all). They might simply have been less prolific
than Freddie Mercury and Brian May, but it still implies more than an element
of tokenism: though this must be placed in context with Freddies songwriting
prowess since hit songs like Youre My Best Friend. Another One Bites The
Dust, I Want To Break Free, Radio Ga Ga and A Kind Of Magic - all by
either John Deacon or Roger Taylor - could hardly be considered token efforts
in terms of their musical vintage.
The brief discussion held at De Lane Lea in
the winter of 1971 might have shaped their song writing strategy thereafter,
but it is noteworthy that the twenty-two songs on their last two albums.
Innuendo and The Miracle, were ascribed to all four members of the group
(aside from All Gods People which was credited to Queen and Mike Moran).
This would suggest a compromise had been reached; the move would certainly
partially address a lopsided balance of royalties if the main songwriter of a
band were to die and a portion of the groups legacy was directed outside the
band to satisfy the wishes of his estate. .
The sessions at De Lane Lea provided Queen
with a rare luxury since it allowed them to realise their own sound almost
immediately. Most groups have to contend with scratchy, thwarted demos for
years before they are able to properly capture the sound that exists in their
collective heads; sometimes, whether through incompetence or the wrong
choice of producer or studio, artists never actually batten down on to tape
what they consider to be their true sound. Queen, in contrast, though unsigned
and unfancied, had a demo tape that summarised their sound precisely - power, a
certain complexity of arrangement, intricate harmonies, and a fair smattering
of melody.
The tape appeared to vitalise the band members
and dispel some of their jittery reticence about a life devoted solely to
rocknroll. Roger Taylor, whose commitment to anything outside the group was
always cursory, left the stall on Kensington Market he had been running with
Freddie. Alan Mair, the owner of a nearby shoe stall, took over and ran it with
Freddie for a few more months. Brian May had also started to recognise the
dilemma between his academic and musical side. He spoke increasingly to
lecturers about his love of music and made it clear he would no longer be part
of study trips to Tenerife. In a sudden change of tact, however. Brian May
announced in November 1971 that he had found a full-time job, teaching at
Stockwell Manor School, a large comprehensive in Brixton, south London. Whether
he accepted the position through parental pressure or to earn himself some
desperately needed cash is unknown, though it was to last less than a year.
Queen closed 1971 with another incongruous
booking, at the London Rugby Club on New Years Eve. They were still securing
concerts from supportive friends putting the word around but there was at least
a tiny clique in the music business who had seen and heard Queen and were
prepared to make tentative endorsements. Ken Testi was the first to pledge
himself to the cause and he worked tirelessly on their behalf. For a short
period early in 1972 he shared a flat in London with Paul Conroy {now managing
director of Virgin Records) and Lyndsay Brown. Thev were both booking acts for
a concert agency. The Red Bus Company, based in Vardour Street. Soho. 1
hassled them for gigs mercilessly. says Testi. I gave them a demo tape of
Queen and asked them to hsten to it properly. They retired to the bedroom and
when they re-emerged they said it was a good piece of work but the last thing
the world needed was another Led Zeppelin. I agreed, because I didnt think
they were another Led Zeppelin. They still offered Queen a support spot at
Kings College Hospital in Denmark Street on March 10, 1972, for which they
received a fee of £20. It was a distinct improvement on Queens first
show of 1972, an appearance at Bedford College on January 28 organised by John
Deacon which attracted just six paying customers.
Paul Conroy recognised Ken Testis zeal for
Queen, and arranged an appointment lor him with Tony Stratton-Smith, the
ebullient owner of Charisma Records. Stratton-Smith had built up a creditable
reputation, chiefly for his unstinting devotion to the acts he signed, among
them Genesis and Lindisfarne. From Charismas small office in Dean Street he
had conducted a fine campaign for Trespass, the first album Genesis recorded
for Charisma, with a noted personal touch.
Tony Stratton-Smith liked Queen and offered
them an advance of £20.000. an extremely reasonable sum, but they were
concerned they were not his first love. They were worried that they would be
identified as second string on a small label, said Ken Testi. Queen would
have had a lot of personal support from the staff there, but they felt
resources were limited. It wasnt a bad offer, but it came at a time when some
bands advances had been in telephone numbers. CBS had been paying out
monstrous amounts..
Queen seemed to adopt a bizarre logic to
Charismas offer. Although recognising Stratton-Smith as an honest guy and
his offer as fairly generous, they decided to bank it in the sense of using
it to lever more money and commitment from other labels. I felt relieved that
there was a deal there but on the other hand, if there was one deal there ought
to be another. said Ken. I understood the bands reasons for turning it down.
It all seemed great fun at the time, but I was slightly bemused by their lack
of commitment to an action plan..
By early 1972 Ken Testi, along with the band
and John Harris, had formed what he dubbed a council of war - his own term
for the tight unit they had become. It had not occurred to him to seek a formal
arrangement but Queen began to make overtures that he should. Unfortunately for
both parties. Queens semi-formal approach was poorly timed for Ken Testi. The
lease was about to expire on his Fulham flat, and his parents were splitting
up; he felt it right he should return to Merseyside and offer financial and
practical support to his mother. So, during the crucial early days of Queen,
when they were set to become ensnared in an industry about which they knew very
little, they were without an Important ally. Ken Testi couid only watch from
afar, selling carpets in a high street store in Widnes. He recognised the
nascent brilliance of Queen, knew where it was heading, but also understood
that his role thereafter would be peripheral.
Before leaving London, Testi had witnessed the
bands growing involvement with Norman and Barry Sheffield. Their Trident
studios had renowned Triad mixing desks, and the set-up was regarded as one of
the best in the UK. It was used extensively by leading players like David Bowie
and Elton John, and the recording team within its portals were developing their
own distinctive sound.
At this time Freddie Mercury had an extremely
small record collection which he stored horizontally in a drawer at his flat.
It was no more than a dozen albums including Liza Minellis Cabaret, SF
Sorrow by The Pretty Things, which he heralded as the first rock opera.
Tommy by The Who. and various records by Led Zeppelin. The Beatles and David
Bowie - a huge influence on both Freddie and Roger Taylor from his early
acoustic shows onwards. In many ways, the grand, powerful production techniques
developed at Trident crystallised Freddies record collection and his own
personal vision of Queen. It was imperative that he and his group record there
and Ken Testi feels Freddie might have manipulated fate to make it happen.
For some time Freddie had cruised the Kings
Road and the streets around it in the fashionable borough of Kensington and
Chelsea, It was little more than a pose, but he would parade in his fineries
and search out luminaries from the pop. and to a lesser extent, art world. He
paid particular attention to his appearance on Saturdays and would sometimes
spend the whole afternoon promenading along Kensington High Street, leaving his
stall in someone elses custody. Ken Testi believes that for some time Freddie
had purposely hoped to meet John Anthony, the young producer forging a name for
himself at Trident who had previously worked with Smile and passed through De
Lane Lea while Queen were recording at the studio. I am sure there was some
kind of conspiracy. Testi maintains. Freddiewould spend ages dressing himself
up and when I asked him why he did it he wouldsay. You never know who you
might meet.
He did, indeed, meet John Anthony and after
Freddie plied him with tales of his bands distinctive talent. Queen were
invited to Anthonys Oat to talk further. The producer invited his employers,
the Sheffields, to see Queen at a show at Forest Hill Hospital on March 24 and
the band put in an excellent performance. Queen, and Ken Testi, were requested
to meet formally with Trident at the earliest opportunity.
The mood at their first meeting was unlike any
previous experience for Oueen. It was carried oat with an almost exclusive
emphasis on business arrangements rather than music. They were two quite
imposing fellows. said Ken Testi. They explained they were forming a
production company. They already had the studio, so in a way they were simply
moving up the food chain. They were talking in telephone numbers which Queen
found attractive. What I dont think the band realised at the time was that
they would be part of a package involving two other acts. Trident didnt say
anything about this package at the time, it was some way down the line when
they found out about it. To me, it all looked like the grey men in suits. It
was a commodity as far as the Sheffields were concerned. Put it this way, there
wasnt a lot of humour in the room..
Queen took a great deal of Lime before
actually signing to Trident - nearly eight months, a period during which they
did not play a single concert. In hindsight, it is difficult to understand the
delay since Ken Testi cannot remember any lawyers being consulted. It would
seem the band were still soliciting interest from other quarters and were
scrutinising the small print themselves. The deliberation certainly did not
lead to a contract which favoured the group in any unique way: in fact, the
band and subsequent advisors later considered it a very poor contract. Freddie
Mercury was certainly lucid about the Queen-Trident partnership once it had
been dissolved some years afterwards: As far as Queen are concerned our otd
management is deceased. They cease to exist in any capacity with us whatsoever.
One leaves them behind like one leaves excreta. We feel so relieved..
Trident was in a much stronger bargaining
position than Queen. Apart from being an established and substantial force on
the music scene. Trident Audio Services had an unparalleled inducement to offer
a fledgling
group - a deal which would provide access to studio facilities out of reach
even to most groups already signed to major labels As a taster of Trident s
opulence Queen were immediately supplied with a new public address system and
each were bought new instrumenti apart from Brian May who said he was quite
happy with the Red Special.
The first album was the most important for any
act, even more so in the case of a fastidious, serious, minded band like Queen.
It was the culmination of years of dedication and hitherto abstract crealivity.
It was the statement, the branding; put simply, the artistic birth. Trident
Studios would yield the most expansive, accomplished debut possible tor Queen md
it uould seem the allure was perhaps too great.
Queen insisted on separate sub contracts
covering publishing, management and recording but this appeared to have been
largely a cosmetic exercise. In plain terms Trident Audio Services planned to
colonise Queen. In several shrewd, but perfectly legal moves Trident adopted
the roles and functions normally served by several different parties. It would
record the band produce them manage them sub- publish them and secure them a
record deal. This would of course invoke several conflicts of interest, but it
was not a particularly unique approach in an insidiously dubious business.
The most bizarre twist was Trident s apparent
plan to present Queen along with two other acts as a package deal though
there is some confusion as to whether this was ever more than an impertinently
ambitious idea. Any such package may not have needed to be related explicitly
in the contract, but by todays legal precepts which tend to draw greater
sanction for the artist it might be construed as a restraint of trade: an
artists success or failure should not depend on the fortunes of a completely
unconnected act which just happens to share the same contract space.
Much of Trident s philosophy had been formed
by an experienced music business operator, Jack Nelson. An American, Nelson had
served his apprenticeship in his home country which was more than d Tew steps
ahead ol the LK in its business manoeuvre.s He had formed Blue Thumb in the US,
one of the first independent production companies. Ultimately, the dual stance
made for greater control ol the product and greater financial returns. Since
Nelson had galvanised the Sheffields move along the food chain, it was
perhaps obvious that they would encourage him to oversee the project.
Jack Nelson liked Queens demo tape and to a
lesser extent the other two who were part of the supposed package - Eugene
Wallace and Mark Ashton. He agreed to move to London and place Queen with a
business manager sy mpathetic to the band and the aims of Trident. He was astounded that
others did not share his passion for Oueen and after several rebuffs, he
decided to become their manager himself; the idea was suggested to him by
another American manager, Dee Anthony, who had managed the crooner Tony Bennett
and, more recently, Joe Cocke.r Anthom rejected Queen because he was about to
manage Humble Pie, a band ,he promised, who would eventually be much bigger
than Oueen.
It would have suited Trident if a record label
had offered to fund Queens recordings but after EMI among several others turned
them down, it fell upon Trident to offer its own studio to the band Queen were
possibly surprised to discover that they were not top priority within the
Trident empire. They were told that their recording sessions would take place
during down time when others had finished earlv postponed or cancelled Queen
though potentially set to earn Trident vast sums of money, were placed in the
undignified position of having to squeeze their sessions m around paying guests
like David Bowie, Elton John and a variety of perpetual unknowns. They would
call us up and say David Bowie had finished a few hours early so we had from 3
am to 7 am when the cleaners came in said Brian May. A lot of it was done
that way There were a few full days but mamiv bits and pieces.
On one occasion while they were lingering at
the studio they were invited bv a producer, Robin Cable, to provide backing on
a cover of a Phil Spector song, I Can Hear Music, a version of which recorded
by The Beach Boys had reached number 10 in March 1969. Freddie sails while
Brian May and Roger Deacon supplied the instrumentation and vocal harmonies.
They each received a small session fee but their cooperation had been naive
since they held no control over the finished tapes. The song was released a
year later as a single by EMI and designed as a spoof of Gary Glitter under the
name of Larry Lurex. The joke misfired when DJs, solemnly loyal to Gary
Glitter, refused to mention or play the record. It sold only a
handful of copies and disappeared without trace until its re-release as a
collectors item many years later. Rather unfortunately for Queen, it will
forever remain a blemish on their recorded canon because, technically at least,
it was their first record release.
Brian May had spent nearly a year teaching at
Stockwell Manor while he worked simultaneously on hrs PhD. The manuscript for
his thesis had been drafted but not typed when he finally conceded that he
should commit himself solely to music. Professors at Imperial College who had
read the thesis considered it strong enough to earn him a doctorate, through
uhjc-h he would have become Dr Brian May, At Stockwell Manor he was taken to
task by maths teacher, Mr Simon, who questioned the sense of leaving the
teaching profession. He was asked to consider the prospects, security and
pension of the job.
At the end of September 1972 Trident put the
members of Queen on a weekly wage of £20. It was a magnanimous move
because the band did not officially sign the contract until several weeks
later. The wage coincided with Roger Taylor graduating from North London
Polytechnic with a degree in biology and John Deacon with a first in
electronics from London University.
The tracks which formed
Queens debut album were recorded almost in their entirety when they signed
formally to Trident in November 1972. It had been a peculiar way to design an
album, but considering the irregular sessions and constantly changing studio
personnel, everyone agreed the songs had a coherence which camouflaged the
erratic nature of the recording. Roy Thomas-Baker and John Anthony, as
producers, had shown a degree of allegiance to Queen and insisted that they be
granted more time for mixing after Trident wanted to put a deadline on the
project. Mike Stone, the studios trainee sound engineer, had found Queen
exemplary professionals despite the shoddy working arrangement. That first
album was completely different to anything else I had been doing, said Mike
Stone. The remixes took ages and ages, and the band all seemed such
perfectionists that every little squeak had to be just right. It was quite
inerve racking working with a horn superstar [Freddie Mercury] on the first
majorwork I had engineered. .
Trident, Jack Nelson specifically, had been
talking up Queen since the spring of 1972 but his efforts through the summer had brought scant response. In
theory it should have been an appealing project for record companies because
they could actually hear the whole album brilliantly recorded: it was a much
smaller risk than the usual procedure of hearing a rough demo tape and trusting
(and paying for) an act to repeat and enhance the material in a better studio.
While they were ensconced in the studio, Queen
were deflected away from Tridents business dealings but when the recording had
finished they soon became frustrated by the inactivity. They grew suspicious
and word filtered through that they were being touted as a package to music
publishers and record companies with two other acts, Eugene Wallace and Mark
Ashton. Unfortunately they were selling us as part of a package of their
production company and they wanted the package accepted as a whole, said Brian
May in a magazine interview. Freddie Mercury contacted Ken Testi and told him
of their suspicions. They had a feeling that they would be hanging around for
ever waiting for the record to be released, said Testi.
It is unclear whether Trident initially hoped
to secure a package deal for the trio, and then altered its strategy when it
realised the all or nothing was too daunting for most companies. Either way,
the first unequivocal patronage for Tridents deal came from the music
publisher, B. Feldman and Co., which did, in fact, take on all three acts as a
package. Feldmans would turn out to be a crucial but largely uncelebrated
player in the fortunes of Queen. While others hesitated and continued to do so,
its staff adopted Oueen with rare warmth and fervour.
Feldmans, like all old style music
publishers, was originally formed to oversee the copyright of sheet music. They
printed the sheet music to popular songs, promoted it to shops, and collected a
percentage, usually the statutory rate of six and a quarter per cent: the
remainder was paid as a royalty to the songwriter, Established at the beginning
of the century. B. Feldman und Co. was a respected publishing house, owning the
rights to thousands of songs including standards like Its A Long Way To
Tipperary, Whos Sorry Now? and the songs of the jazz innovator Jelly Roll Morton.
In the mid-Fifties the role of the music
publisher changed dramaticatly. switching from the traditional marketing of
printed sheet music to acting as a collection agency for sums owed on song
copyrights it owned or administered. By the late Sixties and early Seventies,
and the spread of rock radio, they acted as agents for songwriters, collecting
the royalties they were due each time one of their songs was broadcast.
Feldmans had a strong roster, it secured the UK rights to leading artists like
Bob Dylan, The Hollies, and The Searchers, and continued its enterprising
policy into the Seventies with bands like Wishbone Ash and Deep Purple.
While many publishers had previously been
chiefly administrative bodies, with a somewhat sedentary reputation, they
became pro-active in the Sixties and Seventies, and this was very much to
Queens benefit. Like record companies, and often in union with them, they had
formed an A£R role. There was an expansive market in radio, television
and films and it consumed vast amounts of new material, generating untold
wealth in royalties. Songwriters, and the groups with whom they performed, were
coveted like never before.
In the late summer of 1972 Jack Nelson had
contacted Feldmans with a view to a joint deal with Trident. Trident would
supply three acts - Queen. Mark Ashton (under the guise of his group,
Headstone! and Eugene Wallace - and together they would place the trio with a
record company as soon as possible. Ronnie Beck, the managing director of
Feidmans, had already seen Queen perform live. In December 1971 at Epsom
Swimming Baths, Surrey, where he thought they were absolutely fantastic.
Phil Reed, a plugger for Feidmans, vividly
recalls the first formal meeting between Jack Nelson and Ronnie Beck at
Feidmans headquarters in Dean Street, Soho. I could hear the tape playing in
Ronnies office, he said. It was Keep Yourself Alive and I knew straight
away that it was something special. I went in as soon as Jack had gone and
asked him who the band were. Id never heard of Queen before. Queen became a
real labour of love for Ronnie, they did for all of us really. They got a lot
of attention and promotion from us..
Feidmans paid Queen an advance of
£2.000 for the global publishing rights for the next three years. It was
probably the most lucrative piece of business Ronnie Beck had ever undertaken;
he believes Queen brought in £500,000 in royalties within six months of
releasing their first album, though this would appear to be a somewhat liberal
estimate.
The other two acts, although undoubtedly
secondary to Queen, were also admired within Feidmans: they certainly werent
perceived as makeweight or passengers in the deal. Mark Ashton had previously
drummed with Rare Bird and had been a founding member along with Steve Gould,
Graham Field and Dave Kaffinetti, each of them stalwarts of the same Middlesex
scene which had propelled Brian May. Headstone were fundamentally Rare Bird
under a different name and with a heavier sound. Mark Ashton had moved on to
guitar and the only musician not to make the transition from the original band
was Graham Field. Eugene Wallace was an emotive Irish singer in the mode of Joe
Cocker. It seemed an enticing trio of acts, each of them modern, ingenious in
their own way. and with commercial potential.
The three acts received equal attention, but
most of the twenty-five-strong staff at Feidmans believed Queen would attract
most notice. They were amazed when a succession of record companies passed on
them. It was very frustrating/1 said Phil Reed. Every one of us believed in
the band but it was something people werent prepared to gamble on. U wasnt as
if we were asking for vast amounts of money as an advance. I always thought
Queen were unique but everyone kept saying they sounded too much like Yes and
Led Zeppelin, I couldnt see the comparison myself. We did the rounds
everywhere but most of the major labels passed on them. We werent going to
give up though. We kept saying to ourselves, This band are amazing, why cant
they get a record deal?.
In November 1972 a showcase concert was
arranged at The Pheasantry, a club in the Kings Road, Chelsea. Both Trident
and Feldmans had spent some weeks persuading music business associates to
attend, all to no avail. The public address system arrived late and the bands
performance was unpolished, scruffy around the edges, as Norman Sheffield
later commented. Phil Reed attended and felt a great sympathy for the band.
Not one A&R guy turned up. It was realty a disco place and once the disco
had stopped and Queen went on everyone went to the bar. Once Queen started
virtually everyone had left the room. I remember me and Ronnie Beck were sat
there unable to believe it. There was only a few of the bands friends left,
he said.
Queens last show of 1972, and one of only
five during the whole year, was at The Marquee Club on December 20. Ronnie Beck
was a good friend of John Sherry, a promoter who regularly booked bands into
The Marquee, and he kindly agreed to find Queen the occasional gig. Their
performance and the audience response was an improvement on The Pheasantry. but
it brought them no closer to a record deal, not in the UK at least. Ronnie
Beck, whose resolution was merely focused by the industrys apathy, had invited
Jac Holtzman, the managing director of Elektra Records, to the show and
afterwards Holtzman agreed to sign the band for the US. Queen were now part of
a roster boasting The Doors and Love on a credible American label which was
trying to re-establish itself in the Seventies.
Ronnie Beck is categoric that Trident did not
offer Queen as part of a package deal, and that there was no constraint on
where he placed the three acts he had purchased for Feldmans. It definitely
wasnt a package, he insists. I went to different record companies with each
artist; you dont take Vera Lynn to a rock concert do you? Eugene Wallace was a
brilliant singer and I got him a deal in America with United Artists, while we
went with Eiektra for Queen. Beck does not share the jaundiced view of Trident
held later by Queen, and he worked closely with the company during many crucial
negotiations. They had spent an awful lot of their own money and time on
Queen. The demo tapes we were hauling around had been very expensive to make.
The Sheffield brothers were OK. Two good lads. They ran one of the best studios
in London and a lot of successful bands used it. They paid their bills and were
sharp and clever. Brian May. many years after the ties were severed, also
recognised the importance of Tridents galvanising role: We obviously owe some
of our success to Trident - they got us making records and hits, for instance.
he said.
In Jack Nelson, Jac Holtzman. Feldmans and
Trident. Oueen had some influential players in their camp, and yet even with a
sparkling demo tape they could not titid a record deal in the tk. They were
seeking a substantial advance, but the industrys indiiference was uncanny,
almost as if a negative whisper had been circulated about the band. It was
frustrating when I kept getting this. Til let you know response, said Beck.
I phoned EMI Records and they kept saying their A&R guy was busy, or out
at some meeting. It was different outside the LIK. I took the tape to Germany
and they were jumping up and down about it. The band, to their credit, kept
their nerve during this disheartening period. They were patient, notes Phil
Reed. They believed it would happen for them. They knew how good they were.
They knew what they were doing and had a big interest in everything that was going
on. They were managed at the time but they could have managed themselves, they
were something different from most bands..
A catalyst in moving Queen towards a record
deal was their Radio 1 session recorded in February 1973. Still unknown outside
a few London venues and music business gossip, it was a coup when Phil Reed
persuaded producer Bernie Andrews to record an unsigned group. Queen laid down
four songs on February 5 at Langham One studio, across the road from
Broadcasting House in Portland Place. Phil Etchell engineered the raw versions
of My Fairy King. Keep Yourself Alive, Liar and the original Smile song.
Doing Alright. The session was broadcast on John Peels Sounds Of The Seventies programme ten days later. The hour long show was aired at 6 pm
throughout the week with different DJs each night and was the BBCs substantial
pledge to inventive new music.
Feldmans, meanwhile, was subject to a
takeover by EMI Music Publishing which was the UKs largest music publishing
concern at the time. Feldmans had already amalgamated with two other houses,
Robbins Music Ltd and Francis, Day and Hunter Ltd, and had started to trade as
Affiliated Music when EMI pounced. Its staff were moved to the headquarters of
EMI Publishing in Denmark Place and initially, at least, they were told they
would continue to handle existing Feldman clients.
It was pure coincidence that Queen soon found
themselves signed to both EMI Music Publishing and EMI Records. There had been
an indeterminate relationship between Queen and EMI Records during most of 1972
and the early part oi 1973. EMls head ol A&R, joop Visser, was tacitly a
fan of the group. but he felt they needed to improve their live show and he was
apprehensive of their financial demands.
Joop Visser, a Dutchman who had worked for EMI
in his home country and BASF in Germany, had moved to the UK in 1972. He was
beginning to collect a series of laudable rock groups with a commercial bent
like Be Bop Deluxe, Cockney Rebel, Pilot and Gonzalez. I heard the half-finished
tapes Queen had done at the studio, said Visser. I thought it had something
good going for it. I thought Queen were a heavy group. Deep Purple had fallen
apart and we needed something in that direction. I went to see them rehearsing
in a gymnasium at Kingston-Upon-Thames but they were terrible. He met the
members of Queen and was left nonplussed: They didnt strike me as anything
special. I did not fall flat on my arse about their personalities. I thought
they were a bit withdrawn. I saw a lot more of the other groups I signed and
got on with them better..
Ronnie Beck continued to ply Visser and along
with several members of EMFs staff he had attended the showcase at the Marquee.
Again. I didnt think the band was too together and the response from most of
the staff was that they werent too hot. Visser notes. For me, it was only
after they toured with Mott The Hoople that they really got it together, and I
mean got it frighteningly together. They scared Mott The Hoople at the end of
that tour because they were stealing the shows..
Perhaps chiefly out of respect for Ronnie
Beck, whom Joop Visser considered one of the most adventurous publishers, he
entered preliminary contract negotiations.
I remember that at the time, for an unknown
band, they wanted a substantial advance, it was well into five figures, said
Visser. It was a production deal and I immediately decided it was too much
money for me to sanction, not that I didnt think they were worth it..
It was against these skirmishes and vague
rumblings (as joop Visser termed the prevailing relationship between EMI
Records and Queen) that Ronnie Beck finally secured a record deal. It was moved
to completion earty in 1973 at the music industrys main annual trade fair,
MIDEM, held in the south of France. Ronnte Beck played the Queen tape to EMI
Records A&R executive Roy Featherstone and he was impressed, mainly with
the track Liar. I had chased Roy around all bloody week, Beck recalled.
Id played it to various other people and was thinking, For Christs sake
somethings got to happen soon. f met up with Roy in the hall at the hotel
where publishers were running around. I sat him down and he liked it. It seemed
odd doing a deal all that way from home when we could have got on a bus in London
and we were only twenty minutes away from each others office..
A record deal, however, is not a panacea, but
merely another fight for a band, a different kind of fight. There is more money
around, especially when signed to a corporate monolith like EMI, but there are
also more meetings and minutes, deferments and disagreements, bureaucracy and
regimen, errors and anxiety. It suddenly and understandably becomes serious -
someone might lose their job; that serious. Bands, or more usually their forceful
representatives, have to make themselves a priority within the record company.
And they have to comply with budgets, shake hands with people theyd rather
write sneering songs about. Its now a career and this isnt rocknroll, this
is cost accounting. It has its own vocabulary. A record is product. Stock is a
quantity of records. A plan is a schedule. A three-hour skive is a meeting. An
attitude problem is a band with its own ideas. Every artist has gone through
this mercantile mangle, even the protest singers who told us capitalism was
profane, when their very existence depended on it.
Queen embarked upon it in the spring of 1973
when they signed finally to EMI Records after nearly a year of shadow play. The
advance, though never formally revealed, was clearly substantial and this, as
much as their obvious musical promise, guaranteed that they took a fairly high
precedence within the company. Basically, to ensure the advance was recouped,
EMI had to do everything within its power to sell Queens records. As there was
already a batch of songs recorded, the time span between signing the recording
contract and releasing a record was unusually short, just a few months.
John Deacon, on one of his infrequent trips
back to Oadby, played a pre-release tape of Keep Yourself Alive to
his former colleague in The Opposition. Dftve Williams: I remember he turned
up with this demo. He was driving a massive old Rover car at the time. I
thought the song was really good, I distinctly remember saying that the guitar
playing was really good, nearly as good as Ritchie Blackmore. We were all into
Deep Purple in a big way and 1 thought this was a great compliment, but John
said he wasnt sure how Brian would respond to this!.
Before he returned to London, John Deacon
asked Dave Williams to carry out a special favour. To activate sales of Queens
debut album, he asked him to travel around Leicester pre-ordering it from
shops. I started a bit later than I should, he said. It must have already
been released, because everywhere I went I was told it was sold out. 1 was a
bit surprised because I didnt think many people had heard of Queen. I was
really proud of John..
Another friend John Deacon invariably tracked
down in Oadby was Nigel Sullen, the former drummer with The Opposition. He also
had an early introduction to the music of Queen when John Deacon arrived with
an advance tape of the first album. Both Nigel Bullen and his wife Ruth felt
they already knew of Queens importance to John, but they were astonished by
his white hot intensity. Before the evening was finished John Deacon was
talking of Queens ten-year plan and going into great detail about future world
tours: it all seemed extremely imaginative, though they didnt mention it. His
personality is usually quiet and reserved but he was the most animated I have
ever seen him that night, said Ruth Bullen. He spent hours talking about
Queen, constantly playing the album through, ft was all done so intelligently,
with such microscopic detail. He was talking about other bands and how theyd
been ripped off and how everything had to be so well organised from the very
beginning..
Keep Yourself Alive. Queens first single
(discounting the Larry Lurex episode), was released on July 6. 1973. It was the
bands first introduction to the conflicting nature of critical response. Record Mirror said
it ivas a raucous, well built single, but Melody Maker countered that it lacked originality.
Radio 1 did not like the record. On five separate occasions EMIs pluggers
attempted to secure it space on the play list but were rebuffed every time.
Word came through that the record took too long to happen and Queen vowed
that their next single would be designed specifically to have immediate impact.
Only Alan Freeman, whose Radio 1 programme fell outside the play list format,
gave it airtime Keep Yourself Alive did not chart, the only one of 42 in
Queens lifespan to suffer this ignominy.
The stalf at EMI soon realised that the
members of Queen had an extraordinary dedication to ihe cause. Most bands had a
nonchalant attitude towards the finer points of presentation and marketing but
Oueen were downright fanatical. They were seldom away Ironi EMIs offices and
insisted that they sanctioned every creative decision. They had clear ideas of
how they wished to present themselves and EMI granted them a fair degree of
autonomy.
Doug Puddifoot, a friend of Roger Taylors,
took Queens first ever publicity shots in Freddies flat, among the fringed
lamp shades and artefacts collected at Kensington Market. The original plan for
the album sleeve was to have the band framed in an oval-shaped photograph with
a sepia finish, essentially a pastiche of Victonana. Brian May had the superior
idea of showing Freddie in suitably heroic pose bathed in light. The sleeve
brilliantly captured Queens magnetism - a confounding union of light and dark,
heroism and understatement. The early suggestions for an album title were less
germane. Roger Taylor wanted Top Fax, Fix and Info and there was an entreaty
tor Deary Me, one of the regular laments of Roy Thomas-Baker. Eventually,
following the trend of the times, they decided to name the album after the
band.
In the haphazard fashion typical of record
companies. EMI sent a white label copy of the album to BBC television but
forget to include any information about it, not even the name of the group.
Mike Appleton, the producer of The Old Grey
Whistle Test, stumbled upon it and
both he and the programmes presenter, Bob Harris, were anxious to learn more.
They decided to play the opening track, Keep Yourself Alive, without knowing
the bands identity. On July 24 a monochrome cartoon was screened to accompany
the music; this was not a particularly unique move because the programme
predated the era of the promotional video.
Both Trident and EMI made the Whistle Test team
aware of the bands name within hours of the broadcast and Bob Harris
reinforced his support for the group by booking them to record a session for
his Radio 1 programme. On July 25 they were back at the famous Langham One
studio, this time with producer Jeff Griffin, where they recorded versions ol
See What A Fool Ive Been, Liar, Son And Daughter and Keep Yourself
Alive. They were so dynamic, said Bob Harris. I put on the opening track
of the album and thought. Wow. The music was so appealing, it didnt seem
contrived or manipulated, it was really, really refreshing..
Bob Harris, along with another Radio 1 DJ.
Anne Nightingale, became an ally of the group, and a much valued early supporter.
The band often showed their appreciation; he was sent a personal letter, signed
by all four members in the parcel containing their second album. He was privy
to several insights into the band - the unique partnership of disparate
personalities, the attachment to their fans, the extravagant indulgence, and,
some time later, their explicit business dealings. Whenever they played in the
studio at the Whistle Test I could feel the warmth generated by the
audience to the band, he said. One of my lasting memories is being at the
side of the stage while Queen performed and feeling the glow from the audience.
I think of all the other performers we had on, only Elton John could draw on
the same affection..
Bob Harris remained a loyal supporter of Queen
throughout the decade, He compered the massive open air show at Hyde Park in
September 1976 and the concert at the New London Theatre in October 1977 which
was filmed Ior the video of We Are The Champions. As a fan, friend,
respected DJ and experienced broadcaster, he was the natural choice to assemble
footage for an official Queen documentary.
He was invited to film the band at close
quarters, mainly during their American tour of 1978. Queen planned to later
sell the film to television companies throughout the world. Initially, the
project went splendidly. He recorded lengthy interviews with each band member
and was pleased by their candidness. The interview with Freddie was filmed in
his garden, lasted three hours and. according to Harris, was a lovely piece.
Queen placed no restraint on the filming and said they would be happy to input
purely creative ideas; collages, slow motion shots etc.
The filming provided Harris with an unusually
close inspection of Queen off-guard and he largely approved of the view. He
became especially close to Roger Taylor and they went on a three-day binge in
Las Vegas where they vowed to have at least one drink in every bar and hotel.
It was the era of self indulgence. he said. They each had their own limo and
sometimes it would have been easier to walk to the venues from the hotels but
that wasnt Queens style. Freddie was theatrical but not hostile or
aggressive. They were all very courteous. I cannot remember a single moment
when there was an atmosphere..
Back in London, the editing of the film took
much longer than expected. There were literally hundreds of hours of footage to
sift through and Harris began to have misgivings about the assignment. I think
Id bit off more than I could chew, he said. I tried to do it with the film
crew from the Whistle Test but we were making slow progress and it was
a very time consuming project..
The enterprise ended abruptly when two burly
men visited the editing studio. claimed they were from Queens management, and
confiscated all the reels of tape, It was quite heavy I suppose, he said. We
didnt have chance to say too much. It was terribly frustrating that it should
come to a complete stop like that. It was just cut off. Clearly they must have
been frustrated at it taking such a long time but it might have been more
appropriate to discuss it and decide what to do..
Bob Harris tried to make contact with Queen
and their representatives but his messages were not returned, in fact it was
several years before his relations with the band were restored: All of a
sudden it brought to an end the social life we had together. I felt very
disappointed on a personal level, but there was no hostility or axe to grind
between me and the band. It was just a shame to see friendships I was enjoying
coming to nothing..
Three years later there was a small expression
of conciliation when Bob Harris was in a restaurant with the singer Kiki Dee
Freddie Mercury was dining at another table and sent over a bottle of
champagne. Also, when Radio 1 carried a retrospective piece on The Old Grey Whistle Test, Brian May greeted Bob Harris with a hug in the radio station. The
documentary - what happened to the footage and Queens bizarre stratagem - was
never mentioned.
Some years later, Queen had a similar quarrel
with another Radio 1 DI who had offered essential early support, John Peel.
After a video of Radio Ga Ga complete with hundreds of people in uniforms
clapping in syncopation, had been screened on Top Of The Pops, Peel, who was
presenting the programme, commented that it reminded him of a Nuremburg rally.
It was a crude response, but made flippantly and without real malevolence.
Roger Taylor, the writer of the song, reacted strongly when it might have been
more diplomatic to ignore the remark They threatened to have me done over or
something, but Ive not seen them since, said John Peel.
EMI invested heavily in the promotion of
Queens debut album, paying for in-store displays at record shops and taking
out extensive newspaper advertising. initially at least it did not sell
particularly well and for a good while the marketing expenditure surpassed the
income from sates. Inevitably this led to claims of hype, but this was a
routine mewl from an industry consumed by envy.
By the time it was released the album was
really old news as far as Queen were concerned. Most of the tracks had an
antecedence from years before and the delay in finding a record deal meant the
public representation of Queen was out of kilter with the reality; they had
written a number of new songs and felt their sound had evolved considerably.
They were so exasperated that they included a telling sleeve note, claiming the
album. .. represented at last something of what Queen music has been over the
last three years.. It was a coded disclaimer, and Brian May later explained
why they thought it necessary: We were upset and felt that the record was
old-fashioned by the time it came out. Lots of stuff had happened in the
meantime, particularly David Bowie and Roxy Music, who were our sort of
generation, but who had already made it, and we felt it would look like we were
jumping on their bandwagon, whereas wed actually had all that stuff in the can
from a very long time before, and it was extremely frustrating..
The role of publicist was
at its most crucial during the Seventies. Channels ofexposure for new artists
like videos, regional commercial radio stations and rocktelevision programmes
had still to be properly maximised, so the only realopportunities for new
artists in particular came via Radio 1 and the all-powerfulUK weekly music
press. In 1973 Melody Maker was on a roll, occasionally selling asmany
as 200,000 copies a week, with New Musical Express not far behind. Unliketoday, with its coverage
marginalised, its circulation down to around 50.000 andits power diluted by
competition, a positive story about a new act on Melody -Makers front page in the early Seventies was more or less guaranteed to push
their Ialbum into the Top Ten.
It was therefore vitally
important that Queen solicited support from the press Iand in August 1973 Jack
Nelson enlisted the services of publicist Tony Brainsby, ione of the most
respected on the scene. His client base included Paul McCartneys |new band
Wings, Cat Stevens. Thin Lizzy, The Strawbs, Steeleye Span and Wizzard, |and he
was the consummate choice to drown the chorus of hype and actively |break the
band. .
Highly animated, Tony Brainsby was a
bespectacled, copper-haired live-wire on the pop scene and invitations to
parties at his Earls Court home-curn-office in Edith Grove were much sought
after. He was perpetually surrounded by attractive girls, many of whom worked
for him, and stories circulated in the music business about one particular
party at which a girl on LSD reposed naked in a bathtub filled with liquid
jelly which set around her.
Brainsby was astounded by Queens innate
understanding of the business of promoting music. More usually much of his time
was spent shaping a bands image but this aspect of his job was at least, in
his words, half done when he took on Queen. They knew what their identity
was, they had the logo, they knew how they wanted to look on pictures, he
said. They came out at a hippy time but they were the opposite of it. They
were almost glam rock, they had elements of it, but it was on a higher, much
more sophisticated level. Freddie already knew that he was a star and it was
just a case of me helping Queen make their dreams come true that little bit
quicker. As soon as 1 met Freddie I knew he was something very special that
the guy was a star. I have only had that feeling once or twice in my life..
A publicists first task with a new client is
to write a biography for release to the press. The 500 or so words have to
epitomise the artist, in terms of both prose style and the detail either
included or omitted. Tony Brainsby had two immediate angles on which to base
his narrative, and they were both to recur with monotonous regularity down the
years. In short, Queen - unlike most rock bands -were highly intelligent chaps
with university degrees (or the equivalent), and Brian May had made his own
guitar from a fireplace.
Another singular feature of Queen was that
they already had a certain buzz, a tentative ground swell of support. Usually
Tony Brainsby had to create this for his clients but with Queen, the buzz was
there from the word go. They had an amazing following for what I thought was an
unknown group. We immediately started getting phone calls from people who stud
they were fans, and some of them were in their thirties and forties. I remember
thinking. How on earth has this happened? They already had this aura about
them.
Queens early exposure came through the teen
pin-up press. One of the first publications to carry a colour shot of their
celestial features, colourful clothes and soft tresses was the girls magazine Jackie. Queen,
at this stage, had no qualms about where they were featured, but they were
stringent over the release of pictures and information; tt had to carry their
official approval. Freddie Mercury was sensitive about his protruding teeth,
and would scrutinise contact sheets to ensure no photographs were released
showing them in a particularly bad light.
Mercury did some early press interviews but
did not enjoy them and seemed to be the most hurt by negative press criticism.
Freddie was always very sensitive about the reviews, said Tony Brainsby. He
would read them through carefully and be bothered about something really small,
like a full stop in the wrong place. Freddie was better at being seen, heard,
but not known. I am iure that his not doing interviews made him more enigmatic,
at least on a sub-conscious level, and he would have been aware of that. The
others were happy to do them, so we only used Freddie when there was a new
product or major tour to promote. We had hit records more or less from the word
go so journalists were happy to speak to any member of the band. As long as
they had a slice of the action they werent really bothered that it wasnt
Freddie in particular..
Queen quickly acquired a deep
mistrust of the press, and it evolved to a paranoic level. Brian Mays lament
in a magazine article in 1983 summarised their basic viewpoint: We have never
really got on with the press and have a lot of enemies there just about
everyone in the press was against us. and quite blatantly so. Even so, it was
May and Roger Taylor who would undertake most of the press interviews
throughout Queens career. Freddie Mercury was too sensitive about being
misquoted, while John Deacon maintained an almost total disregard, possibly
even contempt, for the press, and was seldom called upon at interview time.
Queens early reviews were mixed, but they
were no more pernicious or intolerant than those amassed by most bands of consequence.
Queen were dispensing a vividly defined image and sound, and it ivts unlikely
that critics would be ambiguous in their response. A recurring criticism of
Queen was their earnest, po-faced attitude to themselves. Their reluctance to
bear press censure (or, at its most extreme, contemptuous ridicule) with
dignity only served to magnify this image of superciliousness. By the Eighties
Queen had learned to relax and often mocked themselves with several videos
based heavily on self parody. It helped to counter much of the earlier
ponderous solemnity.
Tony Brainsby remained at Queens side until
shortly after the release of Bohemian Rhapsody. He received a weekly retainer
of about C20 from Trident and during his time with the band he gained a real
insight. I look back on those days fondly, said Brainsby. The whole band
gelled together perfectly, there wasnt a spare part. Freddie and Roger did
their thing while John Deacon was solid, there, the equivalent of Bill Wyman in
The Rolling Stones or John Entwistle in The Who. Roger Taylor was a party
animal. Roger was so pretty and he handled it really well, he played it down
rather than playing it up. I had no problems with Trident, their cheques didnt
bounce. I was Queens PR man so the business side didnt really have a lot to
do with me. I still admired the bands strength to come through all that
though..
Queen relinquished the services of Tony
Brainsby when their deal with Trident ended in 1975. Their new manager, John
Reid, had his own public relations staff and preferred them to handle Queens
press campaigns. I worked with John Reid for a few weeks but it was bloody
hard work. said Brainsby I was very much part of the old Queen - Trident,
Jack Nelson and everything. I think John Reid wanted a clean sweep and I had no
problem with that. The band tried to drag me through but John made life very
difficult. Tony Brainsby returned to the fold briefly in 1978 to handle the
bands notoriously flawed strategy on the double A-sided single Fat Bottomed Girls
and Bicycle Race.
EMI appeared to agree with Queen that their
released output was trailing behind their natural musical development. Instead
of asking the group to promote their debut album, which would have been the
customary tactic, EMI allowed them to start work immediately on their next
album. During the summer of 1973. just a few weeks after the first albums
release. Queen were back in Trident studios laying down tracks for Queen II*.
They no longer had to record during down time and had full use of the studio.
Queens return to live performance was on
September 13 at Golders Green Hippodrome in London. They had been invited to
play by Radio 1 as part of its In Concert series. The show was recorded and broadcast
a month later and gave a fitting showcase to Queens efficacy in performance.
The concert opened with a tape of an atmospheric piece of music before the band
broke into Procession, Freddie Mercury introduced the next track, Father To
Son with the address: A word in your ear, from father to son. In their nail
varnish, satin trousers and loose blouses, Queen were starting to form their
own unique brand of delivery. The set was still somewhat leaden, two drum solos
- in Liar and Keep Yourself Alive - for example, but their panache relieved
even these unnecessary interludes.
In September 1973 Jack Nelson contacted an
acquaintance of his. Bob Hirschmann, who was managing Mott The Hoople. A fellow
American. Hirschmann was a former saxophone player who had once had a small
part in a film starring Spencer Tracey. Mott The Hoople had been signed to
Island Records for three years and established themselves as an anarchic and
popular live attraction, but only lately had they enjoyed four Top Twenty hits,
the first of which, All The Young Dudes, was written and produced by David
Bowie the previous year. They were planning a UK tour taking in twenty
prestigious venues and with their latest single. All The Way From Memphis, a
Top Ten hit, the dates were almost sure to sell out. Queen, with one flop
single behind them, were unlikely to boost ticket sales, so Nelson, or Trident
to be more specific, was forced to buy Queen on to the tour. They paid
£3,000 for the privilege of allowing Queen to support Mott The Hoople.
Ostensibly this money was to be used as a
contribution to the on-the-road costs, but it was in practical terms a fee, and
an exorbitant one too. It was precisely the kind of covert, but essential,
assistance Queen required. It might technically have fallen within the broad
definition of hype but it was endemic within the industry and still is today.
Queens rise to eminence coincided with a
particularly dissolute period in the music business. The independent sector was
still awaiting its genesis via punk rock, so in the absence of this healthy
competition, a handful of major labels regularly resorted to dirty tricks to
escalate sales. The charts, for example, were easy to manipulate. Most of the
major labels knew the location of the few chart return shops and they employed
teams to buy up stock the reps had often given to the retailer free of charge.
Without the public even noticing, records went into the shop, out again, and,
as a consequence, into the charts. Only then, would an artists true popularity
be measured.
Queens first live performance outside the UK
was in Frankfurt, Germany, on October 13, 1973, followed by a show the day
afterwards at Le Blow Up Club in Luxembourg. EMI had organised several European
radio and television interviews and many key people were invited to the shows.
Radio Luxembourg planned to record the concert at Le Blow Up but there were
technical problems and nothing was put down on to tape.
As a warm-up for the Mott The Hoople tour,
Queen appeared at Imperial College on November 2. It was an undeniable coming
of age celebration for Queen. The show was completely sold out, and many of
their friends who arrived just a few minutes before they took the stage were
unable to get in. They played three encores and it was plain that Queen, the
ambitious but gauche pet band of Imperial College, were no more; they were
now tight, confident, and in their white satin shirts with pleated, billowing
sleeves they were more stellar than anyone had noticed before.
Queen began their career as a bona fide
touring rock group on November 12, 1973, when they opened for Mott The Hoople
at Leeds Town Hall. It had been nearly a decade since all four members had
first considered life in a pop group and started out in their respective
teenage bands, The Opposition, The Reaction, 1984 and The Hectics. They had,
individually and collectively, worked towards November 12, 1973, with
incredible perseverance. There had been adversity and fiasco, providence and
frolic, but, now, on the brink of real opportunity, their determination was fantastic.
The audiences up and down the UK, from The
Central in Chatham, to the Apolio Theatre in Glasgow, adored Queen. Their set
had been designed to elicit instant appeal. It was 45 minutes long and usually
contained just six of their own songs, the final number given over to a
rocknroll medley which they elongated or abridged depending on the crowds
response. Freddie Mercury, this unknown spidery figure in silk and Lycra,
stalked the stage and dropped every ounce of himself into the performance. The
band were tight, driving new life into songs they had been playing for years.
The music press, understandably perhaps, considered it far too brazen and
pantomime, but the word of mouth when Mott The Hoople fans were back at school,
college or work the next day was that Queen were the business.
During the tour the band sometimes complained
that they were not getting enough coverage in the press and Chris Poole, Tony
Brainsbys assistant, had to placate them. I had a good time with them but
they were not an easy band, Poole stressed. On the Mott The Hoople tour they
were quite annoyed because they didnt get as much press as they figured they
should have got They may have been a support group, but they already had the
mentality of stars..
By the final dates of the tour at Peterborough
Town Hall and Liverpools Top Rank Club, sales of Queens debut album had
increased markedly. Eventually it reached number 24 and spent more than four
months in the charts, no mean achievement for a new act at a time when competition
was fierce.
Queens appearance at the Top Rank in
Liverpool was in support of lOcc and had been organised by Ken Testi, who had
remained in close contact. Kens own group, Great Day, were first on the bill
and featured Freddie Mercurys first songwnting partner from Ibex, Mike Bersin.
After the show, Ken Testi was travelling in the back of the van with Queen when
they had to slow down as they passed the scene of a road accident near Huyton.
It was clearly a substantial accident, there was someone on a stretcher. said
Ken Testi. I made some remark to lighten the moment, with no disrespect
intended. Brian and Roger were in the front. Roger was ashen, and they both
reacted against the lightness of my remark. They were very sensitive people.
Roger comes across with a lot of bravado but I know for a fact that there is a
very sensitive side to Roger.
The New Year of 1974 started well for Queen
when they were voted third best new band by the readers of Sounds. They
trailed the Scottish group Nazareth who had already scored three hits, and
Blue, a trio whose self-tilled debut album had been warmly received, though it
was to take them lour years to register their one and only hit, Gonna Capture
Your Heart.
Queens records had made only a negligible
impact on Australasia, so two performances at Australias celebrated Sunbury
Music Festival in Melbourne in January 1974 were an ideal opportunity to
infiltrate a growing market. However, only hours after receiving a series of
injections necessary to travel to the sub-continent, Brian Mays arm began to
swell. He was in great pain and after a few days he was told he had gangrene in
his arm, probably caused by a dirty needle.
Brian May recovered more quickly than expected
and made the arduous journey with the band. Australia, with its known enmity to
most things British, especially when it involved men dressed as women (as they
doubtlessly saw Queen), was hardly ready for them, and Queens needless
ostentation served merely to hone the hostility. They hired gleaming white
limousines to carry them from their hotel to the concert. Also, during the day
of the concert, Queens lighting crew had rowed with the local crew who
couldnt understand why their services werent required. The promoters placed
Queen higher on the bill than several established Australian bands and this
caused further animosity.
Queen took the stage - Freddie with an ear
infection and Brian with a sore arm -only to face an unsympathetic compere:
Well, weve got another load of limey bastards here tonight. Theyre probably
going to be useless, but lets give them something to think about, At that,
the DJ took down his trousers and showed his bare backside to the crowd before
shouting into the microphone that Queen were: Stuck up pommies. During Queens
performance the lighting rig broke down, which their crew believed to be
sabotage, and so, suitably disillusioned by Australia. Queen pulled the
scheduled second performance on February 3 and fiew back to the UK.
Their luck changed significantly when
strenuous behind-the-scenes efforts led to a stroke of providence in February,
1974. EMIs head of promotio,. Ronnie Fowler, had taken on Queen as a personal
crusade. He had been smitten by the track Liar but generally had an
unconditional love of the band. The other new act he was charged with breaking
was Steve Harleys Cockney Rebel but his commitment to Queen was such that
Harley often grumbled about what he considered a bias towards Queen. Ronnie
Fowler ran up expenses close to £20.000 on Queen alone. A large
proportion of it went on meals and treats for key people as he undertook his
almost evangelical mission.
On February 18 Ronnie Fowlers wheedling paid
off handsomely when he received a phone call from Robin Nash, the producer of Top Of The Pops. He was told David Bowie was unable to appear on the show to perform
Rebel Rebel and a replacement was needed urgently. Robin Nash knew that
Fowler would automatically suggest Queen, and they were indeed booked for the
show two days later. The call to appear on the programme had come at a dead
spot1 for Queen when no single release was actually scheduled. EMI quickly
activated its resources and in the space of a few hours a new Queen single was
announced -Seven Seas Of Rhye.
In the mid-Seventies Top Of The Pops was a
tremendous, unrivalled shop window for the music industry. Its Thursday night
spot was an institution and wonderfully timed to generate Saturday sales, the
day when shops sold as many records as they did on all the other days of the
week combined. Queen, through their debut album and Mott The Hoople tour, had
already established themselves as a laudable rock group, but Top Of The
Pops was the ultimate vehicle for
their commercial edge. They might well have broken without this early television
exposure but it accelerated their acceptance.
EMf responded brilliantly to the opportunity
and rush-released the single on February 23, just five days after the
television appearance was confirmed. It entered the national charts two weeks
later at number 45 and EMI, with its powerful network of pluggers and sales
reps, was able to maintain the momentum and carry the single upwards. It
eventually reached number 10 and spent more than two months in the charts.
Royalties did not teem in for the band, and would not do so for some time yet,
but Freddie felt secure enough to close his part-time stall at Kensington
Market, Ronnie Fowler, who had done so much to propel the band, left EMI soon
afterwards to join Elektra Records. Roy Featherstone called me into his ofiice
when I finally left and threatened to sell my expense account to Steven
Spielberg as a science fiction epic! he said.
The success of Seven Seas Of Rhye was
fortuitously timed since it came on the eve of Queens first headlining tour.
They rehearsed for the planned twenty-three-date tour at Ealing film studios
and decided to close their set for the first time without resorting to
rocknroll numbers like Jailhouse Rock and Shake Rattle And Roll. In
itself it was only a minor amendment but it showed a growing confidence in
their own material. Freddie insisted, though, that Big Spender remained in
their canon and the number, effectively included for light relief, stayed for a
good number of years.
Queen were writing new songs at a rapid pace, still
tripping over themselves in terms of their recorded and live work. They had
completed Queen II in the space of a month at the end of the summer of 1973,
yet in rehearsal they were running through songs like Now Im Here, Killer
Queen. Bring Back That Leroy Brown and In The Lap Of The Gods, tracks
which would not be released until the Sheer Heart Attackalbum at the end of
1974.
Their first headlining tour began
inauspiciously at the Winter Gardens, Blackpool, on March 1, when the truck
carrying Queens lighting rig broke down some distance from the venue. The
concert ran late and the next night, at Friars in Aylesbury, Queen had to cut
short their set when Brian May was in too much pain from his arm to continue.
Queen were joined the next night at the
Plymouth Guild Hall by the support group, Nutz, who were to play with them
through the rest of the tour. The two bands had been effectively married
together by John Anthony. The producer had been called in to produce Nutzs
debut album for A&M Records after earlier attempts to lay their soft rock
on to tape had been a calamity. John Anthony came along and rescued the first
album for us, said Dave Lloyd, the singer with Nutz. John went for thick
sounding guitars and layered harmonies. 1 think hed learned a little bit from
Brian May..
The members of Nutz - Dave Lloyd
(vocals/guitar), Mick Devenport (lead guitar), Keith MulhoHand (bass) and John
Mylett (drums) - had first been introduced to Queen at their rehearsal base in
Ealing. These guys came out in nail varnish and fur coats and we thought how
different they were from us. said Dave Lloyd. They seemed very sensitive and
had a kind of grand plan and we were four crazy scousers..
The two groups complemented each other well
and Nutz soon developed a high regard for Queen. They were great, really
friendly guys. said Dave Lloyd. They had no airs and graces. Freddie was
always liable to fly off the handle if things werent going to plan. We played
The Rainbow and Freddie stormed off to the bands camper van. The rest of them
carried on with the sound check and Brian shouted into the microphone, Come
back Freddie, you old tart. Freddie was sometimes very nervous about going on
stage. He was sick with nerves on the first night..
Queen took a benevolent attitude towards their
support band and though they were only really novices themselves, they were
keen to help. Freddie heard that Nutz were staying in low-grade guest houses
and berated their management for being miserly; Nutz were usually invited back
to Queens hotel after the shows. They did not take any nasty liberties and
they were quite good about the whole thing of us being their support band.
said Dave Lloyd. They tried to get us a longer soundcheck and things hke
that. Freddie Mercury, though he has often been portrayed, as a prima donna,
had a spirited view to performance, even in adversity, as Dave Lloyd
discovered. We were due to play at Aberystwyth University and it was one of
those formal balls. They had a steel band in one room and it didnt feel like a
proper concert at all. I remember telling Freddie all this in the hotel and he
just said. Oh David, you can be such a cunt, well do well tonight.
The tour was another resounding success for
Queen, but it featured the usual assortment of drama: the lighting crew walked
out in Glasgow over internal arguments: two people were stabbed in a brawl at
Stirling; a power cut interrupted the performance at Londons Rainbow Theatre;
Dave Lloyd streaked across the stage in Birmingham during Queens set: thieves
raided Queens van in Manchester; the audience sang God Save The Queen
spontaneously at Plymouth -all standard rock n roll fare.
Queen II was delayed when the band spotted a
spelling mistake on the sleeve. It meant that its release on March 8, 1974,
came when the tour to promote the record was already under way. The artwork for
the sleeve had been devised by photographer Mick Rock. He was given a vague
brief: it would be a gatefoid sleeve in black and white, otherwise it was an
open canvas. Rock had recently befriended a collector of Hollywood stills
called John Kobal who had given htm copies of hjs treasured prints. Among them
was one I had never seen before of Marlene Dietrich from the film Shanghai
Express, said Rock. Her arms were folded and she was wearing black against a
black background, and it was exquisitely lit. Her tilted head and hands seemed
to be floating. I saw the connection immediately. It was one , of those
visceral, instinctive things. Very strong. Very clear. Glamorous, mysterious
and classic. I would transpose it into a four-headed monster. They had to go for
it. So I went to Freddie. He saw it too. He understood. He loved it
immediately. And he sold the rest of the band on it. I shall be Marlene, he laughed..
The image conceived by Mick Rock was to become
indelibly linked with the band and had a momentous impact as a branding of
the group - perhaps rivalled only by Freddie Mercurys Live Aid persona.
Surprisingly, apart from Freddie, the other band members were initially
sceptical about the portrait. There was some concern that the photos might be
almost too strong, pretentious even, to some eyes, said Rock. And they had a
point. Fortunately Freddie was never scared of pretension- He loved to quote
Oscar Wilde. So he wore the others down and the right decision was made..
The critical response to Queen 2 was again
varied. Sounds said
it captured them in their finest hours while Record Mirror claimed Queen were the dregs of glam rock.
The Record Mirror review was
written by Chris Poole, Tony Brainsbys former assistant who had moved into
journalism. Queen considered Pooles article an act of betrayal and their
response was decisive. I didnt like the album, slagged it off, and they never
forgave me, said Chris Poole. We didnt talk for eight years and it has only
been in the last six years that they have spoken to me. While Pooles review
lacked discretion, it hardly merited Queens zealous retort, and again revealed
their sometimes rather austere, unforgiving demeanour.
Brian May considered Queen II the first real
testament to Queens distinctive sound. Led Zeppelin and The Who are probably
in there somewhere because they were among our favourite groups, but what we
were trying to do different from either of those groups was this sort of
layered sound, said Brian May. To me. Queen II was the sort of emotional
music wed always wanted to be able to play, although we couldnt play most of
it on stage because it was too complicated. We were trying to push studio
techniques to a new limit for rock groups - it was fulfilling all our dreams
because we didnt have much opportunity for that on the first album. It went
through our minds to call the album, Over The Top.
Despite its profuse arrangements and erratic
metre, Queen II sold much better than the debut album and reached number 5,
spending most of the rest of the year in the chart. By September 1974 it had
sold more than 100,000 copies in the UK, earning the band a silver disc which they
marked with a party at Londons Cafe Royal. It was a grandiosely ambitious
record, a Rubiks cube for the ears, but it was a record Queen needed to make,
if only to help them expunge their over-complex, progressive leanings. They had
demonstrated their aesthetic musicianship and were now free to hone it down to
indispensable pop singles.
Elektra had done some excellent ground work in
the United States without the band having played there or undertaken any real
promotion. The debut album had made number 83 and Queen II just shaded into
the Top Fifty - two extremely encouraging showings for a non-Amencan band with
a relatively low profile. It was evident that Queen had a core of support in
the US, so the offer to support Mott The Hoople there in the spring of 1974 was
relished.
After a show in Louisiana, their sixth of the
tour, Brian May complained of feeling unwell, He played on for three more weeks
but after Queens sixth consecutive performance supporting Mott at New Yorks
Uris Theater, he collapsed and was diagnosed as having hepatitis. Queen pulled
out of the tour, their place taken by Kansas, who were about to release their
debut album, Masque.
Brian May spent most of the summer of 1974
recovering while the rest of the band began recording their third album. Sheer
Heart Attack, at Rockfield Studios in Wales. He visited intermittently to
record his guitar parts but in August he was again rushed to hospital, this
time suffering a duodenal ulcer. The second illness meant that a tour of the US
scheduled for the autumn had to be scrapped. From his sick bed Brian May wrote
lyrics and strummed his guitar when he could, and fully completed a song which
was later a hit. Now Im Here. The sessions for Sheer Heart Attack were
finished at Trident and the band were appreciative of Roy Thomas-Bakers
ability to lay Brian Mays guitar parts and vocal harmonies on to the
half-finished tracks.
The publics first taste of Queens new
material came on October 11, 1974, with the release of the double A-sided single
Killer Queen/Flick Of The Wrist. It was the most important record of the
bands career, establishing them as a genuine pop force. Hitherto, the issue
had been somewhat fudged. They were perceived as a rock group, but missed the
phlegmatic intensity of. say, Black Sabbath or Deep Purple. Queen, like all
great groups, were fundamentally original and the melodic, debonair Killer
Queen was the counter-balance to the laboured complexity of tracks like Ogre
Battle or The Fairy Fellers Masterstroke. People are used to hard rock,
energy music from Queen, yet this single, you almost expect Noel Coward to sing
it, explained Freddie Mercury. Its one of those bowler hat, black suspender
belt numbers - not that Noel Coward would wear that..
The single entered the chart at number 5
before spending two weeks at number 2 where it was held off the top spot by
David Essexs Gonna Make You A Star. The tour to promote the single and
forthcoming album was designed on a lavish scale, the band adding a new lighting
rig and various pyrotechnic effects to the stage show. Queen were supported by
Hustler, another group who, like Nutz before them, were signed to A&M but
failed to record a hit.
The tour, with tickets priced at £1.30
began at the Palace Theatre. Manchester. The set was longer than ever before,
featuring almost twenty songs, and it ended with a version of the National
Anthem recorded beforehand by the band. After the second concert, at Leeds
University. Roger Taylor had to be taken to hospital with a foot injury. His
stage monitor had failed and afterwards he had thrown a temper tantrum and
kicked the dressing-room wall.
Sheer Heart Attack was released on November
8 and reached number 2 in the charts. The reviews, even in previously hostile
quarters like the NME, were favourable. A feast. No duffers. summarised its
reviewer. Paradoxically, Brian Mays illness might well have focused the
writing and recording of the album, sparing it the indulgences of the previous
two. Brian May appeared to acknowledge the fact in a magazine interview: We
werent going for a hit. because we always thought of ourselves as an albums
group, but we did think that perhaps wed dished up a bit too much for people
to swallow on Queen II .
The IK tour closed at the Rainbow Theatre in
London. Tickets sold out in just two days so another date was added and they
played two consecutive nights on November 19 and 20. The second performance was
filmed and later edited down to a 30-minute film. It was later screened in
British cinemas as a support film to Led Zeppelins The Song Remains The Same.
Queens hectic schedule continued with their
first European tour which began just three days after the performance at the
Rainbow Theatre. Opening in Gothenburg, they played ten shows in six countries
before finishing on December 10 in Barcelona. All the shows were completely
sold out and in Barcelona 6.000 tickets had been sold in one day.
John Deacon returned to Oadby to spend the
Christmas of 1974 with his friends and family. Killer Queen had slipped out
of the charts and Johns friend, Dave Williams, barely noticed when the intro
broke forth from a juke-box in a pub where they were drinking a few days before
Christmas. John said something like, Oh no, here we go and 1 wondered what he
meant. Dave recalls. I didnt think anyone really knew who he was or had
recognised him, but right away people started coming over asking for
autographs. He tried to keep his head down but he had to sign a few.
On another occasion John Deacon collected his
old friend from The Opposition, Nigel Bullen, in a Jensen Healey sports car and
they drove deep into the countryside purposely to avoid John being recognised.
They arrived at The Wheel and Compass pub in Weston-by-Welland near to Market
Harborough. Nigel Bullen noticed that his friend no longer drank beer and had
ordered gin and tonics; he also introduced Nigel to Chablis (I remember it
cost about a fiver which was a tot those days.). Inevitably, John Deacon was
spotted and was soon asked for his autograph. Nigel Bullen had expected as much
since John was wearing a Queen tour jacket. He hated being recognised, he was
really embarrassed about it, he said. Once we were out and he refused to sign
any autographs. I dont remember what I thought about that. I think Queen might
have had a policy at the time of not doing them.
Of the gang left behind in Oadby, Nigel Bullen
was undoubtedly the closest to John Deacon, and few were surprised when John
asked him to be the Best Man at his wedding on January 18, 1975. I was
absolutely bricking it, knowing Id have to do my speech in front of all those
performers and his management people. he said.
John Deacon had been dating Veronica Tetzlaff
since his early days at university. Sheffield-born of Polish ancestry, Veronica
had studied at the Maria Assumpta Teacher Training College before starting work
as a nanny. Nigel Bullens wife, Ruth, got to know her quite well through their
husbands friendship. Shes a very normal, very quiet devout Catholic, she
said. She didnt wear any make-up and wore fairly plain clothes; she wasnt
into the glamorous life at all. She is a lovely person, completely
unpretentious. Ive got the impression down the years that their children are
the most important things to her.
Ruth Bullen recalls Veronicas response when,
early in their marriage, John Deacon bought her a new Mini car. She was
thrilled to bits with it. A lot would have bought something top of the range,
but she did not come from money and was just happy to have a car. It took her a
few years to realise she could have practically anything she wanted. It was
ages before she got a nanny to help her with the kids..
Nigel Bullen travelled to London on the day
before the wedding for a briefing from John Deacon. He lived in a flat close to
Parsons Green Tube station in Fulham and their conversation was frequently
interrupted by the tremor of Tube trains passing close by. They discussed the
wedding arrangements over a bottle of Southern Comfort after a meal at a local
restaurant.
The wedding took place at a Carmelite church
in Kensington Church Street. Veronicas family were members of this order of
Catholicism, named after Mount Carmel in Palestine, and dedicated to a strictly
orthodox application of the faith. Carmelite nuns, once inducted, had, until
very recently, to maintain a vow of complete silence.
It was a long wedding service addressed by a
friar, but the proceedings had been lightened beforehand by the arrival of
Freddie Mercury. Nigel Bullen: The doors burst open at the back of the church
and all we could see was this silhouette of a figure with a girl on each arm, I
think one of them was Mary Austin. At first I thought it was the bride, but
then I realised it was Freddie! He was wearing a feather boa and everyone in the
room turned to look. It was some entrance..
The reception was to be held at Veronicas
flat in Hammersmith and Nigel, doing his utmost in torrid circumstances, was
trying to get too many people into not enough cars. He suddenly hit upon an
idea. We only had a couple of cars and it was my job to make sure everyone got
to the reception, says Bullen. Freddie was in this stretch limo, his own car
I think, with these two girls. I stuck my head through the window and said.
Room for a few more? We crammed all these people in. He didnt say anything,
but his face was a picture and it was really comical. His feather boa must have
got well crushed..
Nigel Bullen remained fairly close to John
Deacon in the mid-Seventies, often staying with him and Veronica, enjoying the
dashes of affluence, like being driven to Queens London shows in a chauffeur
driven Jaguar. Eventually, the two friends drifted apart. Nigel and Ruth Bullen
watched impotently as a gauze was placed over John Deacon, fame spiriting him
away like an apparition. Nigel would call on him whenever he was in London but
John was never around. He was away, touring, or cooking up business as
Veronica would tell them. And when they were infrequently reunited it was
compromised, a shade awkward, no longer the same as before; a few stolen
moments backstage, Johns mind apparently on a thousand other things. The
Bullens did not know how to respond, there was no formal training in
maintaining a friendship altered by fame. If they chased him to ground they felt
like sycophants, anxious to touch the cloth gluttons for glamour but if they
ignored him they wondered whether John felt shunned his past deserting him.
Ruth Bullen used to sometimes see John
Deacons mother, Molly Deacon, in Oadby and she told her that she was concerned
about her son. I think she used to worry about him a lot, she said. She said
all the pressure used to make him a bit ill. Veronica said when he came back
off a tour he couldnt revert to being a normal person, playing with the kids,
taking them to the park and things. She said it was non-stop, he just couldnt
stop. I don t suppose you can live the life he has without paying a price.
Finally, on Queens UK tour of 1985, Nigel
Butlen accepted that the chasm between his own life dnd John Deacons was too
vast to span. He attended the massively popular shows in Leeds, Birmingham and
London and was astounded by how the behemoth of stardom now held his former
school friend. There was so much security it was unbelievable, said Bullen.
Even if you knew him, like his mum for example, she still had to go through all
the security channels. I saw her waiting to be let backstage into certain
places. Once we were in with him it was fine, we had a drink and a chat. Hed
click his fingers and ask what we wanted and someone would get it for us. There
were all these hangers-on just making sure he was OK. It was very unnatural. It
was such a lot of organisation just to make sure that four men were kept happy
all of the time. They were there for his every whim. He had changed from how I
remembered him. He had lost some of that enthusiasm of the early Seventies, and
had an attitude of, Well we ve made it now. I dont think you could possibly
go through all that without changing though.
After sampling the
opulence of backstage Queen in 1985, Nigel Bullen inevitably found it an
anti-climax to return to everyday life at his job in the textile industry. He
was twice made redundant in the Eighties and now runs his own small textile
company with Ruth on a draughty industrial estate just a few miles from Oadby.
The Christmas cards from the Bullens to the Deacons and vice versa no longer
pass in the post in December and the two friends have not met for nearly a
decade. Nigel is nonchalant, hes lost touch with others from his past, life
goes on. As he looks out from under the sign N. Bullen Textiles, he s
convinced that one of the other units, on the other side of the car park and
the wire perimeter fence, could very well have been: J Deacon Electronics.
Posters on bedroom walls, articles in
newspapers, venues sold out, people constantly seeking an autograph, songs on
the radio - evidence of Queens success was everywhere by the beginning of
1975. Naturally, people assumed Queens fame was matched by their prosperity.
It was bizarre, therefore, that after selling out venues holding nearly 3,000
people they should return to their modest rented flats and houses. Brian May
lived in a dreary room in a house in South Kensington, and the only access to
it was through a steamy downstairs boiler room. Freddies flat was damp with
fungus on the ceiling and John Deacon was desperate for money to put down as a
deposit on a new house for himself and Veronica.
They petitioned Trident and Norman Sheffield agreed
to treble their weekly allowance to p 60 per band member. It was far in excess
of the average weekly wage in 1975, but in comparison to the cash coming in via
concerts, record sales and publishing royalties it was a pittance. Queen tried
to persuade Trident to provide gifts as an alternative to cash sums, but
Roger Taylors request for a car and Freddie Mercurys for a piano went
unheeded.
In its allegedly miserly treatment of Queen,
it is easy to perceive Trident as unscrupulous, but the business of finance in
the music industry is inordinately complex. Basically, all the money invested
by Trident in Queen was recoverable before any profits would be shared out.
This meant Queen had to pay back Trident for considerable expenses like the
recording costs of the first alburn: wages for retainers like Jack Nelson and
Tony Brainsby; and sundries like hotel bills on tour, road crew wages and the
fee to support Mott The Hoople. From the very beginning Queen had an obsession
with professionalism, the best money could buy, and it was usually Trident that
paid the high price for this fervent commitment. For example, Sheer Heart
Attack, although funded by EMI and not Trident, cost an estimated
£30.000 to record, an immense amount at the time.
Obviously, when the hit singles arrived, Queen were impatient to
receive some of the funds they were generating. It was a natural instinct, an
assumption fuelled by their friends incredulity when they were told of the
paltry wage they were receiving. It didnt seem right, but, in the accounting
system used by the music business, it rarely did. Similarly, anyone examining
the situation before the hit singles, when Trident was thousands in arrears to a
group who were demanding nothing but the best, would have sympathised with the
company.
The situation was compounded by the
multiplicity of agreements which Queen had signed with Trident. This meant that
unlike other artists who could, for example, earn royalties from record sales
or song publishing while they resolved a management dispute, practically all of
Queens income, or lack of it, came via Trident. There was a myriad of
technical quarrels and contradictions between Queen and Trident, and indeed
between Jack Nelson, Queen and Trident, The contract had been too ambitious
from the beginning, far too cloying, but it was only - as in all contracts -
when it was tested that the deficiencies came to the surface. At one point,
while Queen were arguing earnestly that John Deacon should receive £4.000
to enable him to buy a house for himself and pregnant wife. Trident revealed
that Queen actually owed £190.000 to the company.
In retrospect, Trident should have opted to
appease the band and pay them more money, if only to protect its investment for
a longer period. It refused to budge beyond its offer of £60 per week,
however, and so, in December 1974, Queen employed the services of a music
business lawyer, Jim Beach, to help extricate themselves from the Trident
contract.
Despite the contractual problems, Queen
travelled to the United States at the end of January, 1975. to start a lengthy
tour that would take in 38 shows, Organised by the well-known British concert
promoter, Mel Bush, the tour began in Columbus, Ohio on February S. Fourteen
shows later. Freddie was complaining of severe throat pains and a specialist at
Philadelphia University Hospital diagnosed nodes and advised him not to sing
for three months. He defied the doctor and sang that very night. Another
specialist advised Freddie that a rest of a week or two would allow his throat
to recover, so Queen restarted the tour on March 5 in Wisconsin.
Like Queen, Jack Nelson had his own brooding
altercation with Trident. It would appear that Trident was not deducting a
percentage from Queens royalty account to direct specifically into a
management ledger. This meant Nelson was on a quasi-wage rather than a
profit-linked share of the money accrued by Queen. As he had devoted the best
part of two years to Queens cause, it was understandable that he would feel
disappointed. In the music business, unlike almost any other, its players
expect to earn money in perpetuity Tor their efforts, not fixed sums (even
extraordinarily high ones) for a limited period. Usually managers, A&R
staff. producers and even sundry courtiers agree on points - a percentage
drawn from royalties that often last throughout a group or records lifetime.
In July 1974, Jack Nelson left the employ of Trident, and consequently, Queen.
Queen were aware that their records had been
well received in Japan, but nothing could have prepared them for the response
they received when they landed in Tokyo in April 1975. There were 3.000
exuberant fans waving banners, blowing kisses, clicking away with pocket
cameras, and the bewildered looks on Queens faces revealed the depth of their
surprise. Japan had taken to Queen on an unparalleled scale. In the opinion of
its youth, Queen were bona fide pin-ups. Suddenly we vxere stars. said Brian
May. Wed had some success in England and America, but we hadnt had adulation
and been adored, and suddenly, in Japan, we were pop stars in the same way as
The Beatles and The Bay City Rollers, with people screaming at us, which was a
big novelty, and we loved it and had a great time. It ts easy to plot an
affinity between Queens image and the traditional clothing work by geishas,
but this is to overlook the capacity of the Japanese to embrace the new with
ingenuous passion.
Queens commitment and devotion to their
Japanese fans was absolute. Unlike many of their contemporaries they did not
pay lip service to the country simply because it was on the other side of the
world. Their first Japanese tour embraced several major cities including Tokyo,
Nagoya, Kobe, Fukuoka, Okayama, Shizuoka and Yokohama. Even on this first tour,
Japanese film crews, recognising the significance of the band, were making
documentaries and some of the venues, like the famous Budokan Hall in Tokyo,
held up to 10,000 fans - more than three times as many as Queens typical UK
venue. Japan, like the US. had phenomenal spending power, and this fact had not
escaped Queen, EMI or Trident. Japan and the US together were the two most
important territories in the world and Queens early and determined incursion
on this lucrative market was a masterful strategy. It ensured that their
income, and marvellous future wealth, was bedded in the most fertile soil on
earth.
Time away from Queen was scarce, but early in
1975 Freddie Mercury stole a couple of weeks to work with an aspiring
singer/songwriter called Ed Howell. Along with his friend. David Minns, who was
managing Howell. Freddie attended a show at the Thursday Club in Kensington
where Howell was previewing material from his debut album, the prosaically
titled (and deliberately misspelled) Eddie Howells Gramaphone Record. Signed
to Warners as a solo performer, Howell had already eked out a modest reputation
as a staff writer for Chrysalis Publishing.
The Thursday Club show was beset with
problems: the power failed after just twenty minutes and the rest of the set
had to be performed acoustically. David Minns, with support from Warners
charismatic publicity officer, Moira Bellas, had cajoled a good number of
celebrities to come to the event and Phil Collins joined Ed on stage to play
congas. Freddie also considered taking the stage but respectfully held back,
not wishing to possibly eclipse Ed.
After the performance Ed Howell joined David
Minns and Freddie who were sharing a table with the DJ Kenny Everett and his
wife, Lee Everett. They moved on together to the White Elephant nightclub on
the banks of the River Thames. Freddie reassured Ed that it had been a
successful show. I was obviously a bil nervous about meeting him, but I could
tell he was a very generous bloke, generous in spirit, said Ed Howell.
He was really up about everything and made a
bit of a fuss. He was fairly flamboyant in his dress and demeanour but there
was a heart beating in there.
Freddie was particularly captivated by Ed
Howells song, The Man From Manhattan. The lyrics had been inspired by the
Mario Puzo book. The Godfather Papers, and were written on Howells return from a
holiday in New York. He was intrigued at the time by the double moral standards
of the Mafia and envisaged the song as pop sleaze, with haunting trombones and
a muse not dissimilar to The Kinks Dead End Street. Freddie asked for a demo
tape of the track and a few days afterwards a limousine called at Ed Howells
flat to take him to Freddies house in Holland Park.
Ed Howell soon realised that his own design
for The Man From Manhattan was set for burial under Freddies avalanche of
ideas. It was difficult for me to maintain the original idea, he said. I
have worked with quite a few people since but none of them quite like Freddie.
He was like a kid in a toy shop. He worked his way meticulously through every
note of the song. I vividly remember him sitting at this huge Yamaha grand
piano in his flat. He was so keen to work that he had a tape recorder with him
when he picked me up in the time and he would be singing ideas into it..
Word reached Warners, and its staff were
understandably delighted to have a fairly established star produce one of their
embryonic artists. Budgets had previously been tight (Ed had released three
singles which had not charted m the UK) but money was suddenly made available
as Warners presumed Freddies sanction would stimulate Ed Howells career. For
his part, Freddie was just another muso when around Ed- He would turn up in the hmo
and dressed as if he was going on stage, dressed to kill I suppose, but that
was the way he was. full on. But when we were all sat around the piano in the
studio he did his utmost to create an air of equality..
At Freddies request, the recordings took
place at Sarm East Studios in Brick Lane, Whitechapel. Two renowned session
musicians were hired as a rhythm section, Barry de Souza on drums and Jerome
Rimson on bass. Ed Howell played acoustic guitar. Freddie the piano and backing
vocals, and Brian May the lead guitar parts. Ed Howell had previously produced
his own material in a strictly monitored environment and was quietly astounded
by the new modus operandi. Freddie insisted that no one from Warners should
visit the studio and expense was no consideration. He would adjourn sessions if
he felt the mood was not right and the team, tea boys and tape operators
included, would visit one of the celebrated curry houses along the nearby Brick
Lane. The studio bill, which was £60 per hour at peak time, was even
allowed to run up while Freddie sent someone out to find a bell to be sounded
at the very end of the song. The bell arrived late and the party was by then
ensconced in another Indian restaurant. The search for the bell and the dead
hours it created in studio time had cost Warners nearly £400.
Inevitably, Ed Howell lost the song as his
own, but remained philosophical. I had this really concrete idea, the
trombones and everything, but it became this Queen thing, he said. It was
difficult to maintain my identity. It did not go the way I envisaged
but Freddie stretched me and it was an important part of my musical
development. He was such a professional, so dedicated to what he was doing.
During recordings, with Freddie lost in the vibes, he often quipped to Ed: If
this isnt a hit well sue someone.
The song had started to pick up regular radio
airplay when the Musicians Union suddenly intervened. It had been informed
that Jerome Rimso,. an American, was neither a member of the union nor in
possession of a work permit. During the Seventies the union was highly
proprietorial, sometimes its xealousness actually impeded a musicians career.
Television appearances on influential programmes like Top Of The Pops were lined up
but they had to be pulled. Ed Ho well was lett with a single that reached the Top 40 throughout
the rest of Europe but failed to chart in his home country. Freddie, to his
credit, had freely allowed his name to be associated with the project (indeed,
he was very proud of the record), but he was out of touch - enmeshed once more
in Queen business -as the record slipped quietly from the publics grasp. Ed
Howell was eventually released from his contract with Warners but continued
writing songs for other performers, including Frida Lyngstad Fredriksson from
Abba and Samantha Fox. In 1995 he secured the rights to The Man From
Manhattan and released it again on his own label. Bud Records.
During the summer of 1975 Queen properly
addressed the dispute with Trident, though it was to prove very expensive. In
aggregate terms, the corollary of the negotiations was that Queen had to pay
Trident severance pay of £100,000 (which was covered by an advance from
EMI Publishing) and a one per cent royalty on their forthcoming six albums.
Trident, for its part, agreed to relinquish its claim on the bands management,
production and sub-publishing.
Although management heavyweights Don Arden and
Peter Crant had shown lukewarm interest, Queen eventually replaced Jack Nelson
with John Reid, the Scot who had masterminded Elton Johns remarkable rise to
fame. Jim Beach was still working industriously on the bands behalf and was to
remain by their side permanently, dealing with the abundance of financial
affairs.
In the midst of this
management discord, Freddie worked on a song which was to become a bench mark
in the history of rock. The potential for an idiosyncratic and classic song had
been there almost from the beginning, indeed many of the elements fully
realised on Bohemian Rhapsody were present in skeletalform on Queen. Before
he started on the song, Freddie Mercury had a distinctidea of how it would be
arranged. It didnt just come out of thin air, said Freddie. I did a bit of
research, although it was tongue-in-cheek and a mock opera. Why not? I
certainly wasnt saying I was an opera fanatic and I knew everything about it. f.
It was nearly six minutes long and Freddie
faced great pressure to edit it down, especially from John Reid, but he
steadfastly refused. He was unsure, however, whether it would be a commercial
hit and sought the advice of his good friend, Kenny Everett, who assured him it
would be number one for centuries. He was very unsure aboul this piece of
genius, said Everett. It was very odd when you look back on it, because it
was so great. It was like Mozart saying. I dont know if my clarinet concerto
is going to take olf. Its silly really. I mean, its got number one written
all over it from the first note..
Ken Testi visited Queen during the recording
ofBohemian Rhapsody and hung out with them for a few days. He visited the
studio with Roger Taylor to listen to how the song was developing, They were
doing Brians overdubs at the time. Testi recalls. I was unaccustomed to
overdubbing and this backwards and forwards stuff. It was very hard for me to
get a handle on it, it was impossible to understand. At the end they played the
whole track through to me and I still couldnt get my head around it. I asked
Freddie would anyone play it and he said, Of course theyll play it, my dear.
Its going to be fucking huge.
Delighted to meet up with his old friends
again, Ken Testi detected an aura of exhilaration within the group, probably
brought about by their disentanglement from the Trident contract. I especially
noticed that Mary and Freddie were lovely together. Ken said. She was a lovely
woman and always fussing over Freddie. He would ring her from wherever he was
and ask her to send over some cotton socks post haste, that kind of thing. They
both seemed to have a shared pleasure in other peoples company, they took
pleasure in entertaining. They were always able to make an occasion out of
humble ingredients. They lived in this first floor bedsit with a tiny
kitchenette but had managed to get these really nice plates with a nice design
and they couldnt wait to have people around.
John Deacon was the newcomer to Queen, at
least as far as Ken Testi was concerned, and Ken was interested to know how he
was considered by the others. He was clearly quieter than them, and I asked
them what they thought of him, Ken recalls. I thought that they might be
finding him tough-going, but they had warmed to him very quickly. They were
sure hed stay the course. They said he was a good chap and just what they
needed..
On a drinking session in Putne,. Ken Testi
discovered that Roger Taylor had not changed his irregular ways. It was a real
beer and skittles pub. Ken recalls. Roger ordered a Mackeson and I said,
What did you want to order one of them for? He said, Well, no one else is
drinking it. Roger always wanted to be different than everyone else. He would
never wear jeans because of that. He was always the one who was going to be the
most susceptible to stardom and Im glad he got what he wanted. I think it
mattered most to him..
Ken Testi returned to Liverpool and submerged
himself once more in the music scene. He managed the influential Deaf School
which featured Clive Langer, who went on to become a respected producer, rising
to prominence chiefly through his work with the band Madness. Ken was also a
major figure behind Erics, the Liverpool club which played host to the
burgeoning new wave scene.
Unavoidably, Testis meetings with Queen
became infrequent, though the band (minus Freddie) visited a jazz club he was
running, during a night off on their 1977 tour. I met up the next day with Brian
May and we had tea and btscuits at the Adelphi Hotel. Testi remembers. We
went to the Pier Head and sat together on top of a building by a landing stage.
It was just me and Brian with his minder walking up and down behind us. I dont
think he really needed the minder, we were miles away from any one. We both had
a good heart to heart, it was absolutely lovely. It was rare to find Brian
actually seeming happy. He is a gentle soul given to deep thought, I dont
think hes capable of a flippant answer, but thats not to say hes not
humourous. As the two friends walked back towards the waiting vehicle. Ken
Testi was overtaken by memories. An image of Queen on stage came to mind,
Freddie in full swing, the audience screaming their adoration. He then remembered
Freddie sitting quietly in his Liverpool home, patiently teaching his youngest
daughter how to play draughts. Bohemian Rhapsody took three weeks to record
and in places featured 180 vocal over dubs. It was recorded in separate
sections, held together merely by a drum click to keep it in time. Much of the
middle section was busked with Freddie returning to the studio constantly to
add extra vocals.
To accompany the single, Queen decided to
shoot a promotional film at Elstree Film Studios. In just four hours on
November 10, 1975, and at a cost of P 4.50O, they created the first successful
promotional video, and also one of the most memorable. Directed by Bruce
Cowers, it borrowed heavily from the cover image created originally by Mick
Rock for Queen 2 but the otherwise eerie, shadowy film had much of its own
striking imagery. The degree to which it later planted itsetf on the nations
psyche was remarkable.
The single was a taster of the bands
forthcoming album. A Night At The Opera and the UK tour to promote both
records began at the Liverpool Empire on November 14. During the first part of
the tour Bohemian Rhapsody made a fairly unspectacular ascent of the charts,
almost as if it was taking the public time to absorb, comprehend, and. finally,
enjoy it. It entered the chart at number 47, rose to seventeen, nine, and then,
on November 25, while Queen were in a hotel preparing to appear at the Gaumont
in Southampton, they learned they had scored their first ever number 1.
Queen, and the four people within the group,
had accomplished their dream. The journies which began in a tiny Leicestershire
village, in the rich green fields of Cornwall, on the black pitch streets of
Londons suburbia, and on the plains of Poona, were now complete. Their passage
had taught them much about human nature; greed and generosity, opportunism and
perseverance. They had in a few years touched upon emotions and experiences
others would take a lifetime to encounter. Simultaneously, their own
personalities had been amended in response to this imaginary world they had
created within the real world.
The proxy people - publicists, advisors,
spokesmen, lackeys - could each relate the authorised, burnished view of the
musicians who comprised Queen, but their comments were always at the bequest of
the mothership. Perhaps the most sincere commentary of the Queen of December
1975 - number 1 in the charts, their faces, looking out from every television,
concert halls packed to screaming pitch - would come from an outsider hidden in
the shadows, the obligatory enormous bunch of keys hanging from his belt.
In on-the-road terms, Trevor Cooper was in the
lowest caste of all. A roadie for the support group, Mr Big, he was in the
metaphorical cheap seats, but the vantage point was ideal for a crystalline
view of Queen. They really were good guys. he says without hesitation. They
demanded perfection and Freddie would sometimes throw tantrums but it was
because he always wanted things to be right. You could tell Freddie was gay by
his effeminate gestures but he could swear like the best of them. Hed be
fuck this and fuck that and the next minute he was calling everyone
darling and having a laugh. There was confirmation of Queens
good guys status - they let Mr Big borrow their equipment; Brian May paid
them the respect of watching them almost every night; no one was chewed
off in front of anyone else; and Roger
Taylor even played football with a handful of roadies using a cabbage
at a hotel in Bristol.
In Manchester, at a show at the citys Free
Trade Hall, Trevor Cooper witnessed Freddies poise and strength of
personality. I saw him literally shrink this six foot bloke down to an inch,
he recalls. Queen had just taken the stage and this bloke shouted to Freddie,
You fucking poof, or something like that. Freddie demanded that the crew turn
the spotlight on the crowd and find this fella. He then said to him, Say that
again, darling and the bloke didnt know what to do. Everyone was laughing. He
just had this ability to cream an audience, milk it. If hed have said take
your clothes off, they would have done. He was a showman, one of only very few
in the world..
The tour crew all noted John Harris
remarkable dedication to Queen. He had remained the fifth member of Queen through
all the business machinations and his position at the sound desk was as
indisputable as Freddies at the front of the stage. That bloke ate, drank and
slept Queen, said Cooper. It was all he thought about, all he cared about. He
didnt seem to have any other life. He taped every single show and when we were
on the tour bus the next day he would be listening to it through his
headphones, he was that keen to get it spot-on night after night. If things
were going wrong, effects not working or an instrument not sounding right, I
think John used to take it too much to heart He seemed to think it was his job
to do something about that kind of thing but it wasnt his fault. The band
didnt give him a hard time, but it was as if nothing else mattered in his life
.
Girls were constantly pestering the group, and
the roadies shamelessly exploited the situation. They were generally promised
that in order to meet the group, they first had to have sex with them. Trevor
Cooper had fall sex with eighteen girls during the tour, while a lighting
roadie had twenty-four. And they werent dogs either, insists the rapacious
Cooper. Nowadays we would have been dead Freddie was just unlucky. Queen
seemed to be really clean living then, they always seemed to be around their
girlfriends. There was no sordid stuff. I only read about Freddie in Hamburg
and all that stuff after he died. When I knew him he wasnt anything like that.
Maybe he was trying to get to where he wanted to be and once he got there he
changed.
Bohemian Rhapsody spent nine weeks at number
1 and had sold more than one million copies in the UK by the end of January
1976. A Night At The Opera also reached number 1 and within two months had
sold 500,000 copies. Only Abba whose Mama Mia superseded Bohemian Rhapsody
at the top of the charts, sold more albums than Queen during 1976. The Swedish
group lasted until 1983 when, caught hopelessly out of time, the hits dried up
and the petty arguments ran to spleen. Queen& They stayed together, grew
older, argued occasionally, laughed occasionally, changed with the times, had
more hit records, enraptured the world at Live Aid, and then, on November 24
1991, a loathsome disease caused the death of their singer and main songwriter
- someone who had never been just a silhouette of a man.
Its one of those dead mornings. Even the
birds, motionless in the trees, dont want to whistle and bring it to life.
There is a mist out in the distance, rolling from the land to haunt the sea
again. This is StAgnes, a village sculptured from rock in Cornwall. Im in the
company of a delightful but eccentric grandmother. She shows me the church hall
where Roger Taylor played with his first band, asks me if Id like to meet the
vicar.
And then Im lost on a dreary housing estate
in Leicester, or is it Feltham. hunting for people who will say. Its such a
long time ago or I cant remember. I say it doesnt matter, but it does
really. I stop and take a photograph of the youth club where John Deacon played
his last concert with The Opposition. The nearby bus queue, all hats and
anoraks, ponder whether Im from the council or an estate agents.
I tried to get to everyone, but it was like
collecting sand in a sieve. So many people, hidden somewhere in England or
France or the United States, or somewhere else. All with a slant, an insight,
an anecdote, a memory bleached by time. As I expected, the surviving members of
Queen declined to be interviewed, as did their official representatives. This
isnt a cash-in. I want to write all sides. I explained. Theyd heard it all
before.
Several players in the Queen story are no
longer here; many of them Freddies dearest friends. Others, however, are still
with us, pleased to talk. Queen made a lot of friends, at least in the early
days, and this book does not deal with what followed their rise to pop
eminence. The greed, sexual gratuity, indulgence, boredom, tension and
arrogance that might run parallel to extraordinary fame and wealth is someone
elses story and theyve probably made enough money from it already.
Any biography is only ever a random assembly
of thoughts and recollections, held together by analysis and a perfunctory
narrative. This is no exception. It already had its angle in its title, so
there was no need to resort to scurrility or the inane, or to focus on one band
member to the exclusion of the rest.
During the writing of the book I became aware
that Queen appeared to have become cool, possibly for the first time ever. New
bands namechecked Queen as an influence, some covered their songs. Before
Freddie Mercurys death Queen were a critical joke, a pithy abbreviation of
comic iconography. Many critics hold the erroneous conviction that death equals
respect and Freddie, were he alive, would cackle (not chuckle) at the irony of
Queens new standing.
When Freddie wasted away in his bed at Logan
Place, Kensington, even the tabloids which had long salivated over his slow
death, wrung genuine words of Demotion. The self-assumed sentries of cool, the NMEs
and Melody Makers, took longer of course, several years in
fact, but Queen, Freddie, the daft songs, the deft songs, they understood that
it all had a point, it meant something.
Queen fulfilled the original rocknroll
elhos: they never grew up. Sure, they became businessmen with a little too much
guile, and much of the clandestine shenanigans were distinctly grown up, but
the public persona, the bit we got to see. was a perpetual teenager. Freddie
Mercury and his disposable razor songs (his term for them) were the child in us
all. When Freddie swaggered, preened, gestured and laughed out loud he was the
ten-year-old in the playground, the secret self we should never have lost.